See in Reader
508 KiB
508 KiB
| 1 | Book | Chapter | Verse | ID | SupportReference | OrigQuote | Occurrence | GLQuote | OccurrenceNote |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | MRK | front | intro | r2f2 | 0 | # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br> * Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br> * Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br> * Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the Book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:<br><br>*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.<br><br>*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.<br><br>### Sabbath/Sabbaths<br><br>Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.<br>* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)<br>* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)<br><br>The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.<br>* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |||
| 3 | MRK | 1 | intro | c6ep | 0 | # Mark 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You can make me clean”<br><br>Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### “The kingdom of God is near”<br><br>Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present <br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 4 | MRK | 1 | 1 | kpq1 | writing-newevent | ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent) | |
| 5 | MRK | 1 | 1 | i3bc | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 6 | MRK | 1 | 2 | fc4t | figs-activepassive | καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ | 1 | If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 7 | MRK | 1 | 2 | e3by | writing-quotations | καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, where it says” or “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet—he wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 8 | MRK | 1 | 2 | z8b7 | figs-ellipsis | ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ | 1 | Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 9 | MRK | 1 | 2 | dglq | translate-names | Ἠσαΐᾳ | 1 | **Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 10 | MRK | 1 | 2 | gu7i | figs-idiom | πρὸ προσώπου σου | 1 | before your face | **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate Translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 11 | MRK | 1 | 2 | fsqn | figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 12 | MRK | 1 | 2 | s28q | figs-yousingular | προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου | 1 | your face … your way | Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) |
| 13 | MRK | 1 | 2 | kl12 | figs-metaphor | ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου | 1 | will prepare your way | That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If this would be misunderstood your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 14 | MRK | 1 | 3 | lkm3 | writing-quotations | φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, | 1 | The voice of one crying out in the wilderness | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) |
| 15 | MRK | 1 | 3 | dqi9 | figs-quotesinquotes | φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 16 | MRK | 1 | 3 | cf0e | figs-synecdoche | φωνὴ βοῶντος | 1 | Here, **a voice** figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear his voice as he crys out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 17 | MRK | 1 | 3 | v3n3 | figs-parallelism | ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ | 1 | Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight | **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 18 | MRK | 1 | 3 | peh5 | figs-metaphor | ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου | 1 | Make ready the way of the Lord | Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing **paths** or **the way** that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) |
| 19 | MRK | 1 | 3 | yyk3 | figs-extrainfo | Κυρίου | 1 | In this quote from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo) | |
| 20 | MRK | 1 | 3 | h8rt | figs-idiom | ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν | 1 | The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) | |
| 21 | MRK | 1 | 3 | wltl | figs-idiom | ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε | 1 | These words are both plural, addressing people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 22 | MRK | 1 | 4 | di1o | translate-names | Ἰωάννης | 1 | **John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 23 | MRK | 1 | 4 | s05n | figs-explicit | καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν | 1 | The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which gentiles did who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God’s forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 24 | MRK | 1 | 4 | dtqv | figs-explicit | καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you could express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 25 | MRK | 1 | 5 | u9yg | figs-synecdoche | πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα | 1 | the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem | The word **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 26 | MRK | 1 | 5 | cf75 | figs-hyperbole | πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες | 1 | the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem | Here, **the whole region** and **all the inhabitants** are generalizations that refer to a great number of people, not to every single person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 27 | MRK | 1 | 5 | h8h7 | figs-activepassive | καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν | 1 | were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 28 | MRK | 1 | 6 | n3rk | writing-background | καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. | 1 | This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 29 | MRK | 1 | 6 | j141 | figs-explicit | ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου | 1 | The camels’ hair that John wore had been made into clothing. This would have been a rough, coarse material. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John wore rough clothing woven from camel’s hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 30 | MRK | 1 | 6 | h518 | translate-unknown | καμήλου | 1 | If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 31 | MRK | 1 | 6 | jpzh | translate-unknown | ἀκρίδας | 1 | If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 32 | MRK | 1 | 7 | p7tl | writing-quotations | ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 33 | MRK | 1 | 7 | l7jd | writing-pronouns | ἐκήρυσσεν | 1 | he was proclaiming | The pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 34 | MRK | 1 | 7 | bk1j | writing-pronouns | ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου | 1 | Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or a disciple of John. | |
| 35 | MRK | 1 | 7 | g8fw | figs-explicit | κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ | 1 | of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie | Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 36 | MRK | 1 | 8 | e4qi | figs-metaphor | αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ | 1 | but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit | This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the baptism with the Holy Spirit that Jesus will give. The point of the comparison is how people are made clean from sin. John baptized people to show that they wanted to be cleansed of their sin, and Jesus will enable them to be fully cleansed of sin by the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) |
| 37 | MRK | 1 | 8 | r1j9 | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | δὲ | 1 | Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 38 | MRK | 1 | 9 | u65k | writing-newevent | καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις | 1 | it happened that in those days | **And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 39 | MRK | 1 | 9 | y8ea | writing-pronouns | ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις | 1 | The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “while John was preaching and baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 40 | MRK | 1 | 9 | gi39 | figs-activepassive | ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου | 1 | he was baptized by John | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) |
| 41 | MRK | 1 | 9 | zv8t | figs-go | ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 42 | MRK | 1 | 10 | m5f6 | figs-simile | τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν | 1 | the Spirit coming down on him like a dove | The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) |
| 43 | MRK | 1 | 10 | stwh | grammar-connect-time-sequential | εὐθὺς | 1 | The word **immediately** occurs often throughout the book of Mark. As here, it usually means that the event it introduces occurs directly after the previous event. Use a natural way in your language that communicates this. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential) | |
| 44 | MRK | 1 | 10 | n8sg | figs-activepassive | εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he saw the heavens burst open” or “he saw that God was tearing open heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) | |
| 45 | MRK | 1 | 11 | jh9m | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν | 1 | Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) | |
| 46 | MRK | 1 | 11 | s6f4 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός | 1 | my beloved Son | **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 47 | MRK | 1 | 12 | mh8n | εὐθὺς | 1 | See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md) | ||
| 48 | MRK | 1 | 12 | yv6v | τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Alternate translation: “The Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness” | |
| 49 | MRK | 1 | 13 | k2kt | translate-numbers | πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “while Satan tempted him” or “during which Satan kept trying to persuade him to disobey God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) | |
| 50 | MRK | 1 | 13 | siu3 | ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων | 1 | he was with | Alternate Translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals” | |
| 51 | MRK | 1 | 13 | sojp | figs-explicit | οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. | 1 | Comparing this account with the one in Matthew 4:1-11, we see that Mark is only listing a brief summary of the events here. So the phrase **the angels were serving him** could mean: (1) the angels were taking care of Jesus during this time to keep him safe or (2) The angels came to give him food and water at the end of the 40 days. | |
| 52 | MRK | 1 | 14 | q12s | figs-activepassive | μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην | 1 | after John was arrested | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod had John arrested” or “after Herod’s soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) |
| 53 | MRK | 1 | 14 | o4oh | figs-extrainfo | μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην | 1 | The governor Herod Antipas had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14-29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this information in a footnote. | |
| 54 | MRK | 1 | 14 | tmh9 | grammar-connect-time-background | μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην | 1 | This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background) | |
| 55 | MRK | 1 | 14 | ys3b | figs-activepassive | ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 56 | MRK | 1 | 14 | ns6b | κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον | 1 | proclaiming the gospel | Alternate Translation: “telling the people there about the good news” | |
| 57 | MRK | 1 | 15 | fzq5 | figs-idiom | πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | The phrase **the time has been fulfilled** is an idiom that means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Often, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this plainly. Alternate tra nslation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) | |
| 58 | MRK | 1 | 15 | rhom | writing-quotations | καὶ λέγων | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” or “giving this message:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 59 | MRK | 1 | 15 | quab | figs-activepassive | πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) | |
| 60 | MRK | 1 | 15 | yo11 | figs-activepassive | 1 | The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” | ||
| 61 | MRK | 1 | 16 | kgzb | figs-explicit | Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν | 1 | The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” | |
| 62 | MRK | 1 | 16 | z3j9 | figs-explicit | ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ | 1 | casting a net into the sea | The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 63 | MRK | 1 | 16 | xor6 | grammar-connect-logic-result | ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 64 | MRK | 1 | 17 | zui3 | figs-idiom | δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου | 1 | Come after me | **Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 65 | MRK | 1 | 17 | mlc6 | figs-metaphor | ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων | 1 | I will make you to become fishers of men | **fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 66 | MRK | 1 | 17 | i2sr | figs-metaphor | ἀνθρώπων | 1 | **men** here refers not just to men, but to people in general. Alternate Translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 67 | MRK | 1 | 18 | tnuc | grammar-connect-time-sequential | καὶ εὐθέως | 1 | See note on [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 68 | MRK | 1 | 18 | gvia | grammar-connect-time-sequential | ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ | 1 | Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him” | |
| 69 | MRK | 1 | 19 | xl2m | figs-explicit | καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα | 1 | were in the boat mending the nets | Here, **preparing** refers to making something ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant mending or tying it together. Alternate translation: “mending their nets” |
| 70 | MRK | 1 | 20 | zjz5 | figs-explicit | ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς | 1 | having called them | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 71 | MRK | 1 | 20 | f77b | figs-explicit | ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 72 | MRK | 1 | 20 | b2ci | ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ | 1 | they went after him | The phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [verse 18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” | |
| 73 | MRK | 1 | 22 | bsc9 | figs-ellipsis | ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς | 1 | for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes | The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If this would be misunderstood in you in you language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 74 | MRK | 1 | 22 | e9gf | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς. | 1 | Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 75 | MRK | 1 | 22 | kmxf | ἐξεπλήσσοντο | 1 | Alternate translation: “The people in the synagogue were amazed” | ||
| 76 | MRK | 1 | 23 | w7z2 | figs-explicit | καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ | 1 | The person with the unclean spirit enters the synagogue while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit entered the synagogue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 77 | MRK | 1 | 24 | ra8g | figs-rquestion | τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? | 1 | What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? | The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 78 | MRK | 1 | 24 | qsig | figs-explicit | ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς | 1 | **us** here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 79 | MRK | 1 | 24 | m8gz | figs-rquestion | ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς | 1 | Have you come to destroy us? | The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 80 | MRK | 1 | 28 | hrbh | figs-metaphor | καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας | 1 | This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 81 | MRK | 1 | 29 | ybs7 | ἦλθον | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 82 | MRK | 1 | 30 | bvvl | writing-background | ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα | 1 | the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever | This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 83 | MRK | 1 | 30 | vnp5 | translate-unknown | πυρέσσουσα | 1 | A **fever** is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 84 | MRK | 1 | 31 | bzd2 | figs-events | ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός | 1 | Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, even though it happened in the opposite order. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus took her hand and helped her up out of bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 85 | MRK | 1 | 31 | sff6 | figs-explicit | ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός | 1 | the fever left her | This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 86 | MRK | 1 | 31 | i5br | figs-explicit | διηκόνει αὐτοῖς | 1 | she started serving them | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly that she likely served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 87 | MRK | 1 | 32 | h0y2 | writing-background | ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος | 1 | ***Now when it became evening, after the sun had set** gives background information which helps the reader know when in the day this was occurring. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 88 | MRK | 1 | 32 | d1i7 | figs-hyperbole | πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους | 1 | all those having sickness and those possessed by demons | The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. It is not likely that every single sick person was brought to Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “A great number who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 89 | MRK | 1 | 33 | grp2 | figs-metonymy | ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν | 1 | the whole city was gathered together at the door | The word **city** is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside of Simon’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 90 | MRK | 1 | 33 | pa4f | figs-hyperbole | καὶ ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν | 1 | The entire city did not gather at his door. This expression is used to express that a large number of people came to him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people from the city gathered at Jesus’ door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 91 | MRK | 1 | 37 | vgc7 | figs-hyperbole | πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε | 1 | Everyone is seeking you | The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize that many people were looking for Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 92 | MRK | 1 | 38 | plm9 | figs-exclusive | ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ | 1 | We may go elsewhere | Here, Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 93 | MRK | 1 | 38 | z53z | figs-extrainfo | εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις | 1 | Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 94 | MRK | 1 | 39 | lb9t | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων | 1 | Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous) | |
| 95 | MRK | 1 | 39 | zs4i | figs-hyperbole | ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν | 1 | He went in all of Galilee | The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys this idea. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 96 | MRK | 1 | 41 | l9jg | figs-idiom | σπλαγχνισθεὶς | 1 | having been moved with compassion | Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 97 | MRK | 1 | 41 | flc0 | figs-idiom | σπλαγχνισθεὶς | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus felt compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 98 | MRK | 1 | 41 | qjz4 | figs-ellipsis | θέλω | 1 | I am willing | If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 99 | MRK | 1 | 43 | iw7t | 0 | General Information: | The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed. | ||
| 100 | MRK | 1 | 44 | xhu8 | figs-explicit | σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ | 1 | show yourself to the priest | Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 101 | MRK | 1 | 44 | w6b2 | figs-synecdoche | σεαυτὸν δεῖξον | 1 | show yourself | Here, the word **yourself** represents the skin of the leper. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 102 | MRK | 1 | 45 | i91a | figs-metaphor | ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον | 1 | began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely | Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 103 | MRK | 1 | 45 | z363 | figs-hyperbole | πάντοθεν | 1 | from all sides | The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 104 | MRK | 2 | intro | zhb5 | 0 | # Mark 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)<br>1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)<br>1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)<br>1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)<br>1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### The Historic Present <br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 3, 7, 14, 15, 18, 25, . If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 105 | MRK | 2 | 1 | ir5j | figs-activepassive | ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν | 1 | it was heard that he is at home | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 106 | MRK | 2 | 1 | j6pa | grammar-connect-time-background | καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ | 1 | The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he has already been in Capernaum in [1:21](../01/21.md). You could make this more explicit in your language. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 107 | MRK | 2 | 1 | afvi | figs-explicit | ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν | 1 | There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 108 | MRK | 2 | 3 | s21g | translate-unknown | παραλυτικὸν | 1 | A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 109 | MRK | 2 | 4 | v6ma | translate-unknown | ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι | 1 | they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered | Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 110 | MRK | 2 | 4 | ouxr | translate-unknown | κράβαττον | 1 | A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) | |
| 111 | MRK | 2 | 5 | trg9 | figs-explicit | ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν | 1 | having seen their faith | The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 112 | MRK | 2 | 5 | hzg6 | translate-kinship | τέκνον | 1 | Child | The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) |
| 113 | MRK | 2 | 6 | le6v | figs-metonymy | διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν | 1 | reasoning in their hearts | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 114 | MRK | 2 | 7 | yr5a | figs-rquestion | τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ? | 1 | Why does this man speak this way? | These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking blasphemies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 115 | MRK | 2 | 7 | sj6j | figs-rquestion | τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός? | 1 | Who is able to forgive sins except God alone? | The scribes used this question to say that since only **God is able to forgive sins**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 116 | MRK | 2 | 8 | niy6 | figs-metonymy | τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | in his spirit | The word **spirit** is a metonym for his inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 117 | MRK | 2 | 8 | h3zp | figs-explicit | ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 118 | MRK | 2 | 8 | wga7 | figs-rquestion | τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? | 1 | Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? | Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 119 | MRK | 2 | 8 | s3m6 | figs-metonymy | ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν | 1 | these things in your hearts | The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 120 | MRK | 2 | 9 | wv5d | figs-rquestion | τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? | 1 | Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’? | Jesus is using the form of a question in order to teach. He wants to make the scribes and Pharisees reflect on the situation and realize something. There are many implications. For example, these religious leaders may take the question in the sense, “Which is easier to get away with saying?” The answer would be, “Your sins are forgiven,” because people don’t expect visual proof of that, whereas if someone says, “Get up and walk,” and nothing happens, that proves the speaker doesn’t have the power to heal. Jesus likely intends the question in a different sense: “Which is the easier way to deal with a situation like this?” It appears that the man’s sickness has something to do with his sins, because Jesus forgives them. In such a situation, it would not be sufficient to say, “Get up and walk,” since that would address the effect but not the cause. To say, “Your sins are forgiven,” would deal with both the cause and the effect, so that would be the easier way to deal with the situation. There are many other implications that could also be drawn out as well—too many to include in the text of a translation. Since the question form is intrinsic to Jesus’ teaching method, you may wish simply to retain it in your translation. However, to show that he is teaching, not asking for information, you could introduce his question with a phrase that indicates its purpose. Alternate translation: “Think about this. Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 121 | MRK | 2 | 9 | q905 | figs-quotesinquotes | τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up, take his mat, and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 122 | MRK | 2 | 10 | g4jn | εἰδῆτε | 1 | But in order that you may know | The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. | |
| 123 | MRK | 2 | 11 | f369 | figs-imperative | ἔγειρε ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου | 1 | **get up, take up your mat, and go** were not commands that the man was able to obey. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) | |
| 124 | MRK | 2 | 10 | jw9z | figs-123person | ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | that the Son of Man has authority | Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and convey the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 125 | MRK | 2 | 10 | s0w6 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | **Son of Man** is an important title referring to Jesus. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 126 | MRK | 2 | 12 | ki94 | ἔμπροσθεν πάντων | 1 | in front of everyone | Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house” | |
| 127 | MRK | 2 | 12 | e0xs | figs-explicit | ἠγέρθη, καὶ εὐθὺς ἄρας τὸν κράβαττον, ἐξῆλθεν ἔμπροσθεν πάντων | 1 | The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 128 | MRK | 2 | 13 | ma6f | grammar-connect-time-background | καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς | 1 | Connecting Statement: | This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) |
| 129 | MRK | 2 | 13 | zecn | figs-go | πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 130 | MRK | 2 | 14 | sc4g | translate-names | Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου | 1 | Levi son of Alphaeus | **Alphaeus** was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 131 | MRK | 2 | 14 | ekv0 | figs-idiom | ἀκολούθει μοι | 1 | In this context, to follow someone means to become that person’s disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 132 | MRK | 2 | 15 | bwv2 | ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ | 1 | for there were many and they were following him | Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus” | |
| 133 | MRK | 2 | 15 | zqcu | (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) | καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) | |
| 134 | MRK | 2 | 16 | rwu1 | figs-rquestion | οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων | 1 | This phrase tells the reader that these scribes were members of the group known as the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 135 | MRK | 2 | 16 | b1bi | figs-rquestion | ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? | 1 | Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? | The Pharisees and scribes are using the question form to express their disapproval. They believed that religious people should separate themselves from people whom they considered to be sinners. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not eat and drink with sinful tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 136 | MRK | 2 | 17 | ak1u | writing-proverbs | οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες | 1 | The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness | Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) |
| 137 | MRK | 2 | 17 | c62j | figs-irony | οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς | 1 | **Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) | |
| 138 | MRK | 2 | 17 | lh4l | figs-ellipsis | οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες | 1 | The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 139 | MRK | 2 | 17 | ca4e | figs-ellipsis | οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς | 1 | but sinners | The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 140 | MRK | 2 | 18 | z394 | ἔρχονται | 1 | they are coming | **They came** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 141 | MRK | 2 | 18 | j1h2 | figs-explicit | καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες | 1 | This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 142 | MRK | 2 | 18 | y7bm | figs-explicit | καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. | 1 | This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 143 | MRK | 2 | 19 | eke3 | figs-rquestion | μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? | 1 | The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? | Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants the scribes and Pharisees to reflect on the actions of his disciples in light of a situation they are already familiar with. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one tells the groom’s party at a wedding to fast while the groom is still with them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 144 | MRK | 2 | 19 | tiiz | figs-extrainfo | μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? | 1 | It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 145 | MRK | 2 | 19 | wetb | figs-idiom | οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ | 1 | The expression sons of is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “the groom’s party” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 146 | MRK | 2 | 20 | vg2u | figs-activepassive | ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος | 1 | the bridegroom may be taken away | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 147 | MRK | 2 | 20 | y79o | figs-activepassive | τότε | 1 | **then** here shows the reader that the bridegroom must first leave, and then the friends will begin fasting. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 148 | MRK | 2 | 21 | v6xc | figs-explicit | οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν | 1 | No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment | When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 149 | MRK | 2 | 21 | vdza | figs-parables | οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. | 1 | This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 150 | MRK | 2 | 22 | fk15 | figs-explicit | ἀσκοὺς | 1 | wineskins | These were bags made out of animal skins where wine was stored. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because the wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 151 | MRK | 2 | 22 | dgcz | figs-ellipsis | ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς | 1 | In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “But you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 152 | MRK | 2 | 23 | jya1 | figs-explicit | τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας | 1 | picking the heads of grain | Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 153 | MRK | 2 | 23 | k3pa | figs-explicit | τοὺς στάχυας | 1 | the heads of grain | The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 154 | MRK | 2 | 24 | h41a | figs-rquestion | ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν? | 1 | Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths? | The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 155 | MRK | 2 | 24 | ec3u | figs-explicit | τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν | 1 | The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. You could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 156 | MRK | 2 | 24 | bf8w | figs-exclamations | ἴδε | 1 | Look | “Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 157 | MRK | 2 | 25 | g8sf | figs-rquestion | οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ | 1 | Have you never read what David did | Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. You can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 158 | MRK | 2 | 25 | r14d | figs-explicit | οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ | 1 | Have you never read what David did | Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 159 | MRK | 2 | 25 | cjzx | figs-doublet | ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν | 1 | **had need** and **hungry** are two words that being used to express the same idea. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can combine the two words in your translation. Alternate translation: “When he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 160 | MRK | 2 | 26 | y57j | figs-explicit | τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως | 1 | the bread of the presence | This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 161 | MRK | 2 | 26 | wz3g | figs-metaphor | εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 162 | MRK | 2 | 27 | i374 | figs-activepassive | τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο | 1 | The Sabbath was made for man | Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 163 | MRK | 2 | 27 | u83s | figs-gendernotations | τὸν ἄνθρωπον | 1 | man | **man** is a word which refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 164 | MRK | 2 | 27 | v3mb | figs-genericnoun | τὸν ἄνθρωπον | 1 | **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 165 | MRK | 2 | 27 | s2yd | figs-ellipsis | οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον | 1 | not man for the Sabbath | The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 166 | MRK | 2 | 28 | wgwu | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. | ||
| 167 | MRK | 2 | 28 | pwb5 | ὥστε Κύριός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ Σαββάτου | 1 | There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. | ||
| 168 | MRK | 3 | intro | x969 | 0 | # Mark 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Brothers and Sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present <br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 169 | MRK | 3 | 2 | vr25 | figs-explicit | ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | so that they might accuse him | If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 170 | MRK | 3 | 1 | bm6z | writing-newevent | καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς συναγωγήν, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα | 1 | Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 171 | MRK | 3 | 1 | rn8y | writing-participants | καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος | 1 | This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 172 | MRK | 3 | 1 | ye6d | translate-unknown | ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα | 1 | This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” or “his hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 173 | MRK | 3 | 2 | q35x | grammar-connect-logic-goal | ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) | |
| 174 | MRK | 3 | 3 | nm6w | ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον | 1 | in our midst | **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” | |
| 175 | MRK | 3 | 4 | mh3z | figs-rquestion | ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? | 1 | Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? | Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 176 | MRK | 3 | 4 | i71v | figs-parallelism | ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι | 1 | to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill | **Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill** are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. The two phrases are trying to make the same point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 177 | MRK | 3 | 4 | vz6c | figs-ellipsis | ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι | 1 | to save a life, or to kill | The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If this would be misunderstood, you may clarify and add it again for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 178 | MRK | 3 | 4 | nut4 | figs-metonymy | ψυχὴν | 1 | a life | This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 179 | MRK | 3 | 5 | n4ep | figs-metaphor | τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν | 1 | **hardness of heart** is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards God’s will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness to do anything on the Sabbath — whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. Alternate Translation: “by their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 180 | MRK | 3 | 5 | c3qe | figs-activepassive | ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ | 1 | his hand was restored | You can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 181 | MRK | 3 | 6 | nvk1 | figs-explicit | τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν | 1 | the Herodians | This is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 182 | MRK | 3 | 8 | bi1b | τῆς Ἰδουμαίας | 1 | Idumea | This is the region, previously known as Edom, which covered the southern half of the province of Judea. | |
| 183 | MRK | 3 | 8 | mm5v | figs-explicit | ὅσα ἐποίει | 1 | how much he was doing | This refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. Alternate translation: “the great miracles that Jesus had performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 184 | MRK | 3 | 9 | zu5e | figs-explicit | εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν | 1 | he said to his disciples that a small boat should be waiting for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against him | As the large **crowd** was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was because there were so many people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 185 | MRK | 3 | 10 | e86s | grammar-connect-logic-result | πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας | 1 | For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him | This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 186 | MRK | 3 | 10 | ge71 | figs-explicit | ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας | 1 | as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him | They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 187 | MRK | 3 | 10 | qyyv | figs-metaphor | ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ | 1 | To **press against** someone means that they are drawing very close to them. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this would be misunderstood, think of a way in your language which this could be expressed. Alternate translation: “so a large number of people surrounded him closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 188 | MRK | 3 | 11 | ca5i | figs-explicit | προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα | 1 | they were falling down before him and crying out, saying | Here, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 189 | MRK | 3 | 11 | rpwx | figs-explicit | προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα | 1 | The spirits knew who Jesus is without Him telling them. This is because Jesus is God, and He is the one who created them. If readers would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation “they caused the people whom they controlled to fall down because of Jesus’ power, and they cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 190 | MRK | 3 | 11 | xf41 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 191 | MRK | 3 | 13 | fatx | figs-idiom | ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος | 1 | **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus traveled to the mountainous regions. If this would be misunderstood, you may state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 192 | MRK | 3 | 16 | ywli | translate-textvariants | καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |
| 193 | MRK | 3 | 16 | ozli | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 194 | MRK | 3 | 16 | i7tf | translate-names | καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον | 1 | To Simon, also he added the name Peter | **Simon** is the first man listed. All of the names listed here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 195 | MRK | 3 | 16 | bt0f | figs-explicit | ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον | 1 | In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 196 | MRK | 3 | 17 | n4gy | translate-metaphor | ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς | 1 | the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder | Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-metaphor]]) |
| 197 | MRK | 3 | 19 | r3zs | ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν | 1 | who also betrayed him | This note tells the reader that **Judas Iscariot** stood out from the rest of the Apostles, in that he later would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 198 | MRK | 3 | 20 | jxr5 | καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον | 1 | And he is entering into a house | This is likely the same house which was mentioned previously. See note on 2:1 | |
| 199 | MRK | 3 | 20 | rq6k | figs-synecdoche | μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν | 1 | they are not able even to eat bread | The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 200 | MRK | 3 | 21 | uyl8 | ἔλεγον γὰρ | 1 | for they said | Here, **they** could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd. | |
| 201 | MRK | 3 | 21 | mf5q | figs-idiom | ἐξέστη | 1 | He is out of his mind | This idiom describes how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 202 | MRK | 3 | 23 | q8f3 | figs-rquestion | πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? | 1 | How is Satan able to cast out Satan? | Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he **cast out** demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 203 | MRK | 3 | 23 | xb13 | figs-synecdoche | Σατανᾶν | 1 | The name **Satan** is used here to refer to Satan’s “kingdom”, and not just him. If a reader would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “his own power” or “his own evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 204 | MRK | 3 | 24 | j5sv | figs-parables | καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη | 1 | Jesus uses this parable to show why scribes are wrong to think Jesus is controlled by Satan. He is saying that if a group of people are not united, they will not be able to exist together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 205 | MRK | 3 | 24 | b4z4 | figs-synecdoche | ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ | 1 | if a kingdom might have been divided against itself | The word **kingdom** refers to the people who live in the **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 206 | MRK | 3 | 24 | k3bz | figs-metaphor | οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι | 1 | is not able to stand | This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: “will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 207 | MRK | 3 | 24 | h7hr | figs-litotes | οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι | 1 | is not able to stand | You can state this phrase in positive form. Alternate translation: “will fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 208 | MRK | 3 | 25 | zcr1 | figs-metonymy | οἰκία | 1 | a house | This is a metonym for the people who live in **a house**. Alternate translation: “a family” or “a household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 209 | MRK | 3 | 25 | dm6j | figs-parables | καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι | 1 | This is another parable which shows the religious leaders why they are wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 210 | MRK | 3 | 25 | dlev | figs-parallelism | καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι | 1 | This parable is identical to the previous one. If the repetition would confuse readers, you can use one or the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 211 | MRK | 3 | 26 | w7na | figs-rpronouns | εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη | 1 | if Satan rose up against himself and was divided | The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 212 | MRK | 3 | 26 | vif7 | figs-parallelism | καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει | 1 | While this parable is similar to the previous two, it would be good to keep it, as the parable refers back to the original problem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 213 | MRK | 3 | 26 | df2f | figs-metaphor | οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει | 1 | he is not able to stand, but he has an end | This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and not endure. Alternate translation: “he will cease to be united and will be finished” or “he cannot endure and has come to an end” or “he will fall and come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 214 | MRK | 3 | 27 | mvr6 | figs-parables | ἀλλ’ οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ; καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. | 1 | he will plunder | This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) |
| 215 | MRK | 3 | 27 | x9lk | figs-genericnoun | οὐδεὶς | 1 | This doe not refer to a specific person, but to people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 216 | MRK | 3 | 28 | f6fq | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” | |
| 217 | MRK | 3 | 28 | p6sz | figs-idiom | τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | of the sons of men | Here, the phrase **sons of men** is an idiom which means the people. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 218 | MRK | 3 | 29 | ips3 | figs-genericnoun | ὃς δ’ ἂν | 1 | **Whoever** here does not refer to anyone, but is a generic word for a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 219 | MRK | 3 | 30 | sfa2 | figs-idiom | πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει | 1 | He has an unclean spirit | This is an idiom that means to be possessed by **an unclean spirit**. Alternate translation: “an unclean spirit is controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 220 | MRK | 3 | 31 | gef8 | καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Then his mother and his brothers come | Alternate Translation: “Then Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived” | |
| 221 | MRK | 3 | 33 | qe8c | figs-rquestion | τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? | 1 | Who are my mother and my brothers? | Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved These are people who belong to his spiritual family. He has not forgotten who his family members are. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may make it explicit. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who I consider to be my mother and brothers” or “I will tell you who I love as a mother or brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 222 | MRK | 3 | 33 | iu9r | translate-kinship | ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου | 1 | Jesus is using the words **mother** and **brother** here not referring to biological relatives, but to those whom he loves and whom obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 223 | MRK | 3 | 35 | dr45 | figs-genericnoun | ὃς | 1 | whoever may do … this is | **whoever** does not refer to any specific person, but to any person who does these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 224 | MRK | 3 | 35 | yr9i | figs-metaphor | οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν | 1 | this is my brother, and sister, and mother | This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 225 | MRK | 4 | intro | f5ua | 0 | # Mark 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present <br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 226 | MRK | 4 | 1 | i95e | grammar-connect-logic-result | ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ | 1 | the sea | Jesus **stepped into the boat** because the crowd was so big that it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching.” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 227 | MRK | 4 | 2 | h2a9 | καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | ||
| 228 | MRK | 4 | 3 | vqh3 | figs-parables | ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι | 1 | Listen! Behold, the sower | Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear Jesus’ teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) |
| 229 | MRK | 4 | 3 | gmdi | figs-imperative | ἀκούετε | 1 | This is an imperative which Jesus speaks to get his listeners to hear what he is about to say. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Listen to what I am about to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) | |
| 230 | MRK | 4 | 4 | si37 | figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν | 1 | as he sowed, some fell beside the road | Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As we was scattering the seeds, some of them fell unprotected from animals onto the path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 231 | MRK | 4 | 5 | wuw2 | καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες | 1 | In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | ||
| 232 | MRK | 4 | 6 | z2el | figs-idiom | ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος | 1 | **the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 233 | MRK | 4 | 6 | ee49 | figs-activepassive | ἐκαυματίσθη | 1 | it was scorched | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 234 | MRK | 4 | 7 | bw62 | ἄλλο ἔπεσεν | 1 | choked it … it did not produce | See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) | |
| 235 | MRK | 4 | 8 | v3sr | figs-ellipsis | αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν | 1 | increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 | The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 236 | MRK | 4 | 8 | u327 | translate-numbers | τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν | 1 | 30 … 60 … 100 | “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 237 | MRK | 4 | 9 | p2us | figs-metonymy | ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω | 1 | Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear | The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 238 | MRK | 4 | 9 | qxy4 | figs-123person | ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω | 1 | Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear | Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 239 | MRK | 4 | 10 | u2nj | ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας | 1 | when he was alone | This does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers. | |
| 240 | MRK | 4 | 10 | kqcz | figs-nominaladj | τοῖς δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 241 | MRK | 4 | 11 | t9ee | figs-activepassive | ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | To you has been given | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 242 | MRK | 4 | 11 | q2az | figs-explicit | ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω | 1 | to those who are outside | **to those who are outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 243 | MRK | 4 | 12 | p4fv | figs-metaphor | βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν | 1 | they may look, but may not see | **see** here is a metaphor for being spiritually blind. Alternate translation: “When they see my works, they will not know why I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 244 | MRK | 4 | 12 | e33y | figs-quotesinquotes | ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν | 1 | Mark is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes) | |
| 245 | MRK | 4 | 12 | p9yr | figs-metaphor | μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν | 1 | so that they would not turn | **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state it in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 246 | MRK | 4 | 13 | fs1v | figs-rquestion | οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε? | 1 | Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables? | Jesus used **Do you not understand this parable?** and **how will you understand all the parables?** to show how disappointed he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all of the other parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 247 | MRK | 4 | 14 | m72p | figs-metonymy | ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει | 1 | If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Marks’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one sowing the seed represents a person who proclaims God’s message to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 248 | MRK | 4 | 14 | rp6h | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον σπείρει | 1 | sows the word | Here, **the word** means the gospel which Jesus was proclaiming. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sowed the message which Jesus was proclaiming” or “sowed the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 249 | MRK | 4 | 14 | xdaj | figs-metaphor | τὸν λόγον σπείρει | 1 | sows the word | Sowing the message represents teaching it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 250 | MRK | 4 | 15 | p68u | figs-metaphor | οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν | 1 | If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the instance when the seeds fell along the path. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 251 | MRK | 4 | 15 | gcuh | figs-metaphor | οὗτοι | 1 | **These** is a generic noun for people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 252 | MRK | 4 | 16 | ty3q | figs-metaphor | καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι | 1 | These are the ones | If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the rocky soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 253 | MRK | 4 | 16 | d7ep | figs-metaphor | οὗτοί | 1 | See the note on **these** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 254 | MRK | 4 | 16 | gdq7 | figs-metaphor | οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 255 | MRK | 4 | 17 | p5fr | figs-metaphor | οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς | 1 | They have no root in themselves | This is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they did not fully grasp the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 256 | MRK | 4 | 17 | s5mh | figs-hyperbole | οὐκ…ῥίζαν | 1 | no root | **They have no root in themselves** is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 257 | MRK | 4 | 17 | t21w | figs-metaphor | σκανδαλίζονται | 1 | they are caused to stumble | **to stumble** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they stop believing in God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 258 | MRK | 4 | 18 | uu9b | figs-metaphor | ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι | 1 | others are the ones sown among the thorns | If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed into the thorny plants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 259 | MRK | 4 | 18 | wlab | figs-metaphor | ἄλλοι | 1 | See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 260 | MRK | 4 | 19 | wa3k | αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος | 1 | the cares of this age | Alternate translation: “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life” | |
| 261 | MRK | 4 | 19 | s7s7 | figs-metaphor | εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον | 1 | entering in choke the word | Jesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples’ desires to to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant chokes a baby plant, worldly desire chokes faith. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 262 | MRK | 4 | 19 | f4ip | ἄκαρπος γίνεται | 1 | it becomes unfruitful | **unfruitful** is a metaphor used to depict whether one is a follower of Jesus or not. If a tree is fruitful, it is living and healthy. If it is not fruitful, it is dead or unhealthy. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 263 | MRK | 4 | 20 | axh1 | figs-metaphor | ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες | 1 | these are the ones sown in the good soil | If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 264 | MRK | 4 | 20 | d3r7 | figs-ellipsis | ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν | 1 | one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 | This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 265 | MRK | 4 | 20 | tdwj | translate-numbers | τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν | 1 | 30 … 60 … 100 | You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 266 | MRK | 4 | 21 | zzw7 | αὐτοῖς | 1 | And he was saying to them | **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” | |
| 267 | MRK | 4 | 21 | nn7e | figs-rquestion | μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? | 1 | The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it? | Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 268 | MRK | 4 | 21 | dkq7 | figs-rquestion | ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην | 1 | Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 269 | MRK | 4 | 22 | y5kn | figs-litotes | οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν | 1 | For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure | You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 270 | MRK | 4 | 22 | kc6k | figs-parallelism | οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον | 1 | nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened | **there is nothing that is hidden…there is nothing that is secret** Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Nothing is hidden that will not be revealed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 271 | MRK | 4 | 23 | k1a8 | figs-metonymy | εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω | 1 | If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear | See how your translated this in [4:09](../04/09.md) |
| 272 | MRK | 4 | 24 | r2r1 | ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | he was saying to them | See how you translated [4:21](../04/21.md) | |
| 273 | MRK | 4 | 24 | zis1 | figs-metaphor | ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε | 1 | In that measure you use | This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 274 | MRK | 4 | 24 | c4xp | figs-activepassive | μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν | 1 | it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you | If it would be more natural in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 275 | MRK | 4 | 25 | i24l | figs-activepassive | δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο | 1 | to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 276 | MRK | 4 | 26 | n1mq | figs-parables | οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) |
| 277 | MRK | 4 | 26 | r5n7 | figs-simile | ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον | 1 | As a man who may throw his seed | Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a man who **may throw his seed**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God grows like when a man throws seed on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 278 | MRK | 4 | 26 | htar | figs-parables | ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person, but people who scatter seed in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As people who scatter seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 279 | MRK | 4 | 28 | cew8 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα | 1 | the ear | These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 280 | MRK | 4 | 29 | ah9d | figs-metonymy | εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον | 1 | he immediately sends forth the sickle | Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 281 | MRK | 4 | 29 | yd1d | δρέπανον | 1 | sickle | A **sickle** is a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If this would be misunderstood, use a tool in your language that is used to do this job. | |
| 282 | MRK | 4 | 29 | hx6v | figs-idiom | ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός | 1 | because the harvest has come | Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 283 | MRK | 4 | 30 | ivk2 | figs-rquestion | πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? | 1 | How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it? | Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 284 | MRK | 4 | 31 | w4l5 | figs-activepassive | ὅταν σπαρῇ | 1 | when it may have been sown | If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 285 | MRK | 4 | 32 | x1xh | figs-personification | καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους | 1 | and it forms large branches | The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 286 | MRK | 4 | 33 | y7i2 | καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν | 1t | This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | ||
| 287 | MRK | 4 | 34 | oo4t | figs-litotes | χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς | 1 | Luke uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 288 | MRK | 4 | 34 | gp99 | figs-hyperbole | ἐπέλυεν πάντα | 1 | he was explaining everything | Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 289 | MRK | 4 | 38 | b4xb | figs-rquestion | οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα? | 1 | do you not care that we are perishing? | The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 290 | MRK | 4 | 38 | phc3 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use. | ||
| 291 | MRK | 4 | 38 | qtb3 | figs-exclusive | ἀπολλύμεθα | 1 | we are perishing | The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 292 | MRK | 4 | 39 | yym6 | figs-doublet | σιώπα, πεφίμωσο | 1 | Be silent! Be still! | These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 293 | MRK | 4 | 40 | w5n4 | figs-rquestion | τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν | 1 | Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith? | Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 294 | MRK | 4 | 41 | u8e1 | figs-rquestion | τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ? | 1 | Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him? | The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 295 | MRK | 5 | intro | lh25 | 0 | # Mark 5 General Notes<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present <br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 296 | MRK | 5 | 1 | fix1 | writing-newevent | καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 297 | MRK | 5 | 1 | gt8a | figs-go | ἦλθον | 1 | They came | Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 298 | MRK | 5 | 1 | vsc7 | translate-names | τῶν Γερασηνῶν | 1 | the Gerasenes | This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 299 | MRK | 5 | 2 | pf16 | figs-idiom | ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ | 1 | with an unclean spirit | This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 300 | MRK | 5 | 4 | nsol | translate-unknown | διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι | 1 | This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 301 | MRK | 5 | 4 | da4x | figs-activepassive | αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι | 1 | He had been bound many times | If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 302 | MRK | 5 | 4 | nep6 | figs-activepassive | τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι | 1 | his shackles were shattered | If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 303 | MRK | 5 | 4 | fk7t | translate-unknown | πέδαις | 1 | shackles | **shackles** are pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners. The shackles are then attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move. Think of an object in your culture that is used to constrain people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 304 | MRK | 5 | 6 | y6c2 | figs-explicit | καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ | 1 | And seeing Jesus from a distance | After **having seen Jesus** the man then ran to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After the man saw Jesus from a distance, he then ran to him and bowed down before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) |
| 305 | MRK | 5 | 7 | ux6u | figs-events | 0 | General Information: | The information in these two verses may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 306 | MRK | 5 | 7 | ppu5 | figs-rquestion | τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? | 1 | What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? | The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 307 | MRK | 5 | 7 | kd19 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου | 1 | Son of the Most High God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 308 | MRK | 5 | 9 | h6ch | figs-exclusive | λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. | 1 | he says to him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.” | The spirit who is speaking is speaking on behalf of all of the spirits who are possessing the man. **we** here includes him and all of the other spirits. Make sure that this is understood in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 309 | MRK | 5 | 9 | oa64 | figs-exclusive | Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν | 1 | A **legion** is the name of a large group of Roman soldiers. The unclean spirit uses this name to tell Jesus that they **many**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation “My name is Legion. This is our name because there are many of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 310 | MRK | 5 | 10 | gtq4 | καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας | 1 | Mark inserts this verse and the following verse to give important information about what Jesus does with the spirits. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | ||
| 311 | MRK | 5 | 13 | iff6 | figs-explicit | ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | he permitted them | It may be helpful to state clearly what Jesus allowed them to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 312 | MRK | 5 | 13 | a28z | translate-numbers | ὡς δισχίλιοι | 1 | about 2,000 | “about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 313 | MRK | 5 | 13 | ntl1 | translate-numbers | ἐξελθόντα | 1 | Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 314 | MRK | 5 | 15 | qih4 | τὸν λεγεῶνα | 1 | the Legion | This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md). | |
| 315 | MRK | 5 | 15 | fb4b | figs-idiom | σωφρονοῦντα | 1 | being in his right mind | This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 316 | MRK | 5 | 18 | pup5 | figs-quotations | ἵνα μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 317 | MRK | 5 | 19 | e21m | figs-explicit | καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν | 1 | But he did not permit him | Jesus was not allowing the an into the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with them in the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 318 | MRK | 5 | 20 | g8ed | translate-names | τῇ Δεκαπόλει | 1 | the Decapolis | This is the name of a region that means “Ten Cities.” It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 319 | MRK | 5 | 20 | y8vn | figs-ellipsis | πάντες ἐθαύμαζον | 1 | everyone was marvelling | It may be helpful to state who the people were that were **marveling**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 320 | MRK | 5 | 22 | v1dm | translate-names | Ἰάειρος | 1 | Jairus | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 321 | MRK | 5 | 22 | u1rx | figs-go | ἔρχεται εἷς τῶν ἀρχισυναγώγων | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “one of the leaders of the synagogue went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 322 | MRK | 5 | 23 | jd27 | ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | you may lay your hands | **lay your hands** often refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you might heal her” or “you might lay your hands on her to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 323 | MRK | 5 | 23 | kzz8 | figs-activepassive | ἵνα σωθῇ | 1 | in order that she may be healed and she may live | If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that you might heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 324 | MRK | 5 | 25 | e2cz | writing-participants | καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα | 1 | And a woman, being | This introduces the woman as a new character in the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 325 | MRK | 5 | 25 | h58w | figs-euphemism | ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη | 1 | with a flow of blood for 12 years | The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 326 | MRK | 5 | 25 | idh9 | translate-numbers | δώδεκα ἔτη | 1 | for 12 years | “for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 327 | MRK | 5 | 27 | z2hg | figs-explicit | τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | the things about Jesus | She had heard reports about how Jesus healed people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Jesus healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 328 | MRK | 5 | 28 | alc9 | grammar-connect-logic-result | ἔλεγεν γὰρ | 1 | This verse tells the reader that the woman had determined to **touch his clothes** in her mind before she actually touched Jesus’ cloak. Think of a way in your language which makes it apparent that this is the reason why she touches Jesus’ cloak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 329 | MRK | 5 | 28 | wge2 | figs-activepassive | σωθήσομαι | 1 | I will be saved | If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 330 | MRK | 5 | 29 | c1vz | figs-activepassive | ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος | 1 | she had been healed from the disease | If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 331 | MRK | 5 | 30 | ma2b | figs-explicit | τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν | 1 | his power had gone out from him | When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his power went out from him and healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 332 | MRK | 5 | 33 | r3a0 | figs-doublet | ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα | 1 | Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 333 | MRK | 5 | 33 | b6kz | figs-ellipsis | εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν | 1 | told him the whole truth | The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 334 | MRK | 5 | 34 | gbk8 | translate-kinship | θυγάτηρ | 1 | Daughter | Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) |
| 335 | MRK | 5 | 35 | t2wd | figs-rquestion | τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? | 1 | Why trouble the teacher any longer? | This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 336 | MRK | 5 | 35 | vqt0 | figs-infostructure | ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἀπέθανεν; τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? | 1 | **your daughter died** explains why he asks the question here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Why trouble the teacher any longer? For your daughter died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) | |
| 337 | MRK | 5 | 39 | a3ih | figs-rquestion | τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε? | 1 | Why are you upset and weeping? | Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 338 | MRK | 5 | 39 | dzrk | figs-ellipsis | τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει | 1 | The words **The child** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The child is not dead, but the child is sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 339 | MRK | 5 | 39 | g83c | figs-euphemism | τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει | 1 | The child has not died, but is sleeping | **sleep** here refers to death. Jesus is likely using it to mean a temporary end to the girls life, but not a permanent end. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child is not permanently dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 340 | MRK | 5 | 41 | hx3c | translate-transliterate | ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! | 1 | Talitha, koum! | This is an Aramaic sentence which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 341 | MRK | 5 | 42 | pt5t | translate-numbers | ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα | 1 | she was 12 years of age | “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 342 | MRK | 5 | 42 | m49c | translate-numbers | καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα | 1 | Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 343 | MRK | 5 | 43 | n29k | figs-quotations | καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν | 1 | and he told them to give her something to eat | You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
| 344 | MRK | 6 | intro | kl7n | 0 | # Mark 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Anointed with oil”<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present <br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 345 | MRK | 6 | 1 | mi7z | writing-newevent | καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 346 | MRK | 6 | 1 | lpci | figs-go | ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 347 | MRK | 6 | 2 | y4xj | figs-activepassive | τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ | 1 | what is this wisdom that has been given to him? | If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 348 | MRK | 6 | 3 | s3wl | figs-rquestion | οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? | 1 | Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? | If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 349 | MRK | 6 | 3 | hx1m | figs-litany | οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? | 1 | Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) | |
| 350 | MRK | 6 | 3 | tlub | translate-names | Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος | 1 | James … Joses … Judas … Simon | These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 351 | MRK | 6 | 3 | d2g7 | figs-synecdoche | ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 352 | MRK | 6 | 4 | l436 | figs-doublenegatives | οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ | 1 | A prophet is not without honor, except | Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 353 | MRK | 6 | 4 | y2oa | figs-litany | ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus lists **hometown**, **relatives**, **house** to emphasize that prophets are often never welcome where they are most well known. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things like Jesus does here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) | |
| 354 | MRK | 6 | 4 | mutm | figs-litany | τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν | 1 | **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a way in your language of expressing this. | |
| 355 | MRK | 6 | 4 | mgbp | figs-litany | ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus uses **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, lie his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, or siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 356 | MRK | 6 | 7 | d6sx | translate-numbers | δύο δύο | 1 | two by two | “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 357 | MRK | 6 | 6 | g8s1 | translate-numbers | καὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ διδάσκων. | 1 | Come back to this | |
| 358 | MRK | 6 | 7 | ldbv | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 359 | MRK | 6 | 8 | k5hl | figs-doublenegatives | μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον | 1 | Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Only bring on your journey a staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 360 | MRK | 6 | 8 | t9a2 | figs-synecdoche | μὴ ἄρτον | 1 | no bread | Here, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 361 | MRK | 6 | 11 | b2kb | figs-explicit | ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν | 1 | as a testimony against them | **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) |
| 362 | MRK | 6 | 14 | ly7z | figs-activepassive | Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται | 1 | John the Baptist has been raised | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 363 | MRK | 6 | 15 | fgy3 | figs-explicit | ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν | 1 | But others were saying, “He is Elijah.” | It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 364 | MRK | 6 | 15 | n8sq | figs-explicit | ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 365 | MRK | 6 | 16 | ym2w | figs-metonymy | ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα | 1 | whom I beheaded | Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 366 | MRK | 6 | 16 | n6nq | figs-activepassive | ἠγέρθη | 1 | has been raised | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 367 | MRK | 6 | 17 | vpr7 | figs-explicit | αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ | 1 | Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison | You can state this clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 368 | MRK | 6 | 17 | ojtd | figs-explicit | γὰρ | 1 | Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 369 | MRK | 6 | 17 | sf6r | translate-names | τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ | 1 | the wife of his brother Philip | Herod’s **brother Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 370 | MRK | 6 | 18 | e2ex | grammar-connect-logic-result | ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου | 1 | Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 371 | MRK | 6 | 19 | x35v | figs-metonymy | Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι | 1 | was wanting to kill him, but she was not able | **Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 372 | MRK | 6 | 20 | k13z | figs-doublet | εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον | 1 | **righteous and holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a holy man before God. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because he knew that he was a righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 373 | MRK | 6 | 21 | m54q | figs-metonymy | Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials | Here, **Herod** is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 374 | MRK | 6 | 22 | a1d7 | translate-textvariants | εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος | 1 | the daughter of Herodias herself | There are a few possible understandings of this passage. (1) This could be saying that Herod’s daughter’s name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in” or (2) This could be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias’ daughter herself came in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) |
| 375 | MRK | 6 | 25 | caz0 | εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς | 1 | **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** are all words which give a sense of urgency. Make sure that this comes across in your language. | ||
| 376 | MRK | 6 | 25 | ap2w | figs-euphemism | δῷς μοι | 1 | a platter | Herodias is telling her daughter that she wants King Herod to cut off John the Baptizer’s head. **give** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Cut off John’s head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 377 | MRK | 6 | 26 | c1gn | figs-explicit | διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους | 1 | because of his oath and those reclining at table with him | You can state clearly the content of the **oath**, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 378 | MRK | 6 | 27 | k51v | figs-euphemism | ἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ | 1 | on a platter | See how you handled the note in verse 25. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 379 | MRK | 6 | 33 | x5un | καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί | 1 | many saw them leaving and recognized them | There are a few possible understandings of **recognized**. (1) The people recognized where Jesus and his disciples were going. Alternate translation: “and they knew where Jesus and his disciples were going” (2) The people knew that it was Jesus and his disciples were leaving, and so followed them. Alternate translation: “and they recognized that it was Jesus and his disciples leaving” | |
| 380 | MRK | 6 | 34 | j1td | figs-simile | ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα | 1 | they were like sheep not having a shepherd | Jesus compares the people to **sheep** who are confused when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “they were confused because they did not have someone to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 381 | MRK | 6 | 35 | sei9 | figs-idiom | καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης | 1 | And the hour already having become late | This means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 382 | MRK | 6 | 35 | hz4h | ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος | 1 | This place is desolate | This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md). | |
| 383 | MRK | 6 | 37 | cts5 | figs-rquestion | ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν? | 1 | Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat? | The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 384 | MRK | 6 | 37 | wowk | figs-rquestion | ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν | 1 | The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) | |
| 385 | MRK | 6 | 37 | hs21 | translate-bmoney | δηναρίων διακοσίων | 1 | 200 denarii | The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 386 | MRK | 6 | 37 | c65w | translate-numbers | δηναρίων διακοσίων | 1 | 200 denarii | “two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 387 | MRK | 6 | 39 | xgb6 | translate-unknown | τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ | 1 | the green grass | Describe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 388 | MRK | 6 | 40 | e4cb | figs-explicit | πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα | 1 | by group according to hundreds and according to fifties | This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 389 | MRK | 6 | 41 | l8q3 | figs-explicit | ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν | 1 | having looked up to heaven | This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 390 | MRK | 6 | 43 | xk9h | translate-numbers | δώδεκα κοφίνων | 1 | 12 baskets | “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 391 | MRK | 6 | 44 | v4m3 | translate-numbers | πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες | 1 | 5,000 men | “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 392 | MRK | 6 | 44 | deov | writing-background | καὶ ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες | 1 | Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand how many people they fed. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 393 | MRK | 6 | 44 | u413 | figs-explicit | ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες | 1 | those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men | The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 394 | MRK | 6 | 45 | y3ve | translate-names | Βηθσαϊδάν | 1 | Bethsaida | This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 395 | MRK | 6 | 48 | g7ka | (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | τετάρτην φυλακὴν | 1 | the fourth watch | This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 396 | MRK | 6 | 50 | et5c | figs-parallelism | θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε | 1 | Take courage! … Do not fear! | **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 397 | MRK | 6 | 52 | m53m | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις | 1 | about the loaves | Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 398 | MRK | 6 | 52 | t1qb | figs-metaphor | ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη | 1 | their heart had been hardened | Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts had been hardened. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “they were stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 399 | MRK | 6 | 53 | p316 | translate-names | Γεννησαρὲτ | 1 | Gennesaret | This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 400 | MRK | 6 | 55 | d9k9 | περιέδραμον…ἤκουον | 1 | they ran throughout … they were hearing | The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples. | |
| 401 | MRK | 6 | 56 | gi6y | ἐτίθεσαν | 1 | they were putting | Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples. | |
| 402 | MRK | 6 | 56 | y6hs | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας | 1 | the sick | This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 403 | MRK | 6 | 56 | bqzf | figs-litany | εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς | 1 | Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) | |
| 404 | MRK | 7 | intro | vq1j | 0 | # Mark 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hand washing<br><br>The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Ephphatha”<br><br>This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present <br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) | |||
| 405 | MRK | 7 | 1 | b9ul | writing-newevent | καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων | 1d | are gathering around him | This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, some Pharisees and some men who teach the Jewish laws who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 406 | MRK | 7 | 2 | wd6i | figs-extrainfo | 0 | General Information: | The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 407 | MRK | 7 | 3 | mj6u | writing-background | γὰρ | 1 | of the elders | This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus’ disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 408 | MRK | 7 | 3 | x0b6 | figs-explicit | κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων | 1 | **The traditions of the elders** were teachings that were handed down from generation to generation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “observing strictly the teachings which past generations had taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 409 | MRK | 7 | 4 | wsb8 | writing-background | χαλκίων | 1 | copper vessels | See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 410 | MRK | 7 | 4 | d3qc | figs-explicit | ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων | 1 | **cups…pots…copper vessels** would have been used for consuming food and drinks. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cups, pots, and copper vessels for eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 411 | MRK | 7 | 5 | hts4 | figs-metaphor | διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων | 1 | Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? | **walk** is a common way of speaking which means “obey.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent way of speaking from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Why do your disciples not obey what the elders have taught us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 412 | MRK | 7 | 5 | ugom | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλὰ | 1 | Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? | **but** is used to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus’ disciples should be doing, with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 413 | MRK | 7 | 5 | j7ht | figs-synecdoche | ἄρτον | 1 | bread | **bread** is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 414 | MRK | 7 | 6 | oavh | figs-quotesinquotes | ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor him with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 415 | MRK | 7 | 6 | ep7u | figs-metonymy | τοῖς χείλεσίν | 1 | with their lips | Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 416 | MRK | 7 | 6 | zgt9 | figs-metonymy | ἡ…καρδία αὐτῶν | 1 | but their heart is far from me | The word **heart** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 417 | MRK | 7 | 6 | xtab | figs-idiom | ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | but their heart is far from me | This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 418 | MRK | 7 | 8 | hnw4 | figs-metaphor | κρατεῖτε | 1 | you hold fast to | To **hold fast** means to obey something without ceasing. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent way of speaking from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 419 | MRK | 7 | 9 | e3qv | figs-irony | καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε | 1 | How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! | Jesus says **You do well at rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition** to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) |
| 420 | MRK | 7 | 10 | d4sd | figs-quotesinquotes | Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω | 1 | The one speaking evil of his father | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the one who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 421 | MRK | 7 | 11 | cd57 | translate-transliterate | κορβᾶν | 1 | is Corban | **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 422 | MRK | 7 | 11 | ev2r | ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον | 1 | that is, a gift | The author says **that is a gift** to provide background information to his audience who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “this word means a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 423 | MRK | 7 | 14 | u3nk | figs-doublet | ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε | 1 | Listen to me, all of you, and understand | The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “All of you, take head to what I am about to say to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 424 | MRK | 7 | 15 | gk5i | figs-idiom | οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου | 1 | nothing from outside the man | Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person could eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 425 | MRK | 7 | 15 | ms5c | figs-metonymy | τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά | 1 | the things that come out from the man | Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 426 | MRK | 7 | 17 | l7d7 | writing-endofstory | καὶ ὅτε | 1 | And | **and when** is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) |
| 427 | MRK | 7 | 18 | z8w1 | figs-rquestion | οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? | 1 | Are you also thus without understanding? | Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 428 | MRK | 7 | 18 | yqve | figs-metonymy | πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι | 1 | See the note in verse 15. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 429 | MRK | 7 | 19 | y2cr | figs-metonymy | οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν | 1 | it does not go into his heart | Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 430 | MRK | 7 | 19 | hm98 | figs-explicit | καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα | 1 | making all foods clean | **making all foods clean** explains to the reader what the significance of what Jesus’ sayings was. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) (COME BACK TO THIS) |
| 431 | MRK | 7 | 20 | r12p | figs-metonymy | τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον | 1 | he was saying | **What is coming out from the man** means the thoughts and intentions of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “It is the thoughts and desires of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 432 | MRK | 7 | 21 | chkk | figs-metonymy | ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται | 1 | Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 433 | MRK | 7 | 21 | eey1 | figs-litany | πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι | 1 | Mark lists out a number of sins here and in the next verse. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) | |
| 434 | MRK | 7 | 24 | k9bl | writing-background | καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know it, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he travelled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someones house, he was hoping to not be found, but he was unable to hide from the people of that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 435 | MRK | 7 | 26 | aik7 | writing-background | ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει | 1 | But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent | This sentence gives us background information about the woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 436 | MRK | 7 | 26 | e39y | translate-names | Συροφοινίκισσα | 1 | a Syrophoenician | This is the name of the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 437 | MRK | 7 | 27 | gsj7 | figs-metaphor | ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν | 1 | Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs | Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. This is not in a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first eat. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 438 | MRK | 7 | 27 | r898 | figs-activepassive | ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα | 1 | Permit the children first to be fed | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 439 | MRK | 7 | 27 | k2wb | figs-synecdoche | ἄρτον | 1 | bread | This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 440 | MRK | 7 | 29 | sa9t | figs-explicit | ὕπαγε | 1 | go | Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 441 | MRK | 7 | 29 | sbqp | figs-explicit | ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου | 1 | **The demon** left the **daughter** because Jesus commanded it too. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have commanded the demon to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 442 | MRK | 7 | 31 | cxa8 | translate-names | Δεκαπόλεως | 1 | of the Decapolis | This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 443 | MRK | 7 | 32 | jlj4 | figs-explicit | παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα | 1 | they beg him that he would lay his hand on him | Prophets and teachers would put their **hands on** people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 444 | MRK | 7 | 33 | ld3f | figs-explicit | πτύσας | 1 | having spit | It may be helpful to state that Jesus **spit** on his fingers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 445 | MRK | 7 | 34 | lbw4 | translate-transliterate | ἐφφαθά | 1 | Ephphatha | Here the author speaks to the mans ears with an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 446 | MRK | 7 | 35 | yg15 | figs-idiom | ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί | 1 | his ears were opened | **his ears were opened** means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 447 | MRK | 7 | 35 | yj4j | figs-activepassive | ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ | 1 | the band of his tongue was released | You can state **his tongue was released** in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 448 | MRK | 7 | 35 | gssm | figs-idiom | ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ | 1 | **the band of his tongue was released** means he was able to speak. Alternate translation: “his tongue was free and he was able to speak” or “he was able to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 449 | MRK | 7 | 36 | eb2y | figs-ellipsis | ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ | 1 | as much as he ordered them | The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 450 | MRK | 7 | 37 | dh17 | figs-metonymy | τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους | 1 | the deaf … the mute | These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 451 | MRK | 8 | intro | ry56 | 0 | # Mark 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Adulterous generation”<br><br>When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Historic Present <br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)). | |||
| 452 | MRK | 8 | 1 | rmd8 | writing-newevent | ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις | 1 | In those days | This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 453 | MRK | 8 | 1 | sgv6 | figs-extrainfo | μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus explains following this why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) |
| 454 | MRK | 8 | 3 | u3mu | grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ | 1 | they will faint | Mark is using a hypothetical situation to bring to the disciples attention the dangers of making the people return home without eating. Alternate translation: “If I should send them to their houses hungry, some of them might collapse on the way home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) |
| 455 | MRK | 8 | 4 | jdk2 | figs-rquestion | πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? | 1 | From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place? | The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food for the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 456 | MRK | 8 | 6 | x2jr | figs-quotations | παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | he commands the crowd to recline on the ground | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to recline on the ground** as a direct quotation. “Jesus commanded the crowd, ‘Sit down on the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
| 457 | MRK | 8 | 7 | bio6 | figs-quotations | εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to recline on the ground** as a direct quotation. “Jesus said to the disciples, ‘Serve these fish also’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 458 | MRK | 8 | 8 | v5zi | figs-explicit | περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας | 1 | an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets | This refers to the **broken pieces** of bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 459 | MRK | 8 | 9 | m81z | writing-background | ἦσαν δὲ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι | 1 | and he sent them away | Mark includes **Now there were about 4,000** to help his reader to know how many people are there. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “There were approximately 4000 people that Jesus fed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 460 | MRK | 8 | 10 | qnt3 | writing-endofstory | καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | **And immediately, having gotten into the boat with his disciples** is a comment concluding the story of Jesus feeding the 4,000 people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
| 461 | MRK | 8 | 10 | y8u3 | figs-explicit | ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά | 1 | he went into the region of Dalmanutha | They got to Dalmanutha in a boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 462 | MRK | 8 | 10 | x33a | translate-names | Δαλμανουθά | 1 | of Dalmanutha | **Dalmanutha** is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 463 | MRK | 8 | 11 | zi91 | figs-metonymy | σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | a sign from heaven | They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 464 | MRK | 8 | 12 | sn5a | ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | having sighed deeply in his spirit | This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md). | |
| 465 | MRK | 8 | 12 | s8xl | figs-metonymy | τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | in his spirit | **in his spirit** means within himself or to himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 466 | MRK | 8 | 12 | g4lz | figs-rquestion | τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? | 1 | Why does this generation seek for a sign? | Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 467 | MRK | 8 | 12 | l335 | figs-synecdoche | τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον | 1 | Why does this generation seek for | When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time who were not following God. He was not speaking of every single person alive. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 468 | MRK | 8 | 12 | a2x2 | figs-activepassive | εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον | 1 | if a sign will be given | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 469 | MRK | 8 | 12 | q4wh | figs-idiom | εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον | 1 | **if a sign will be given to this generation** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 470 | MRK | 8 | 13 | i2se | writing-pronouns | ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς | 1 | having left them, having boarded a boat again | Jesus’ was not the only one who left, but his disciples were with him also. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 471 | MRK | 8 | 13 | u1qk | figs-explicit | εἰς τὸ πέραν | 1 | to the other side | **to the other side** describes the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 472 | MRK | 8 | 14 | gtg6 | grammar-connect-exceptions | καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ | 1 | except for one loaf | If it would appear in your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples only brought one loaf of bread onto the boat with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) |
| 473 | MRK | 8 | 15 | bd2x | figs-doublet | ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε | 1 | Keep watch! Be on guard | **Keep watch** and **Be on guard** have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 474 | MRK | 8 | 15 | nszl | figs-extrainfo | βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου | 1 | Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. When yeast it put into bread, it affects the entire batch of bread which is made. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 475 | MRK | 8 | 16 | zfw3 | figs-hyperbole | ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν | 1 | they have no bread | The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not for all of them on the boat. Alternate translation: “they have very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 476 | MRK | 8 | 17 | hnh6 | figs-rquestion | τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? | 1 | Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread? | Here Jesus is rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 477 | MRK | 8 | 17 | dmt2 | figs-parallelism | οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? | 1 | Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? | These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 478 | MRK | 8 | 17 | wf6j | figs-rquestion | οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? | 1 | Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? | If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 479 | MRK | 8 | 17 | fn31 | figs-metonymy | πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? | 1 | Have your hearts become hardened? | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Have you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 480 | MRK | 8 | 17 | rq8c | figs-metaphor | πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? | 1 | Have your hearts become hardened? | The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 481 | MRK | 8 | 17 | mihv | figs-rquestion | πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? | 1 | Have your hearts become hardened? | Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 482 | MRK | 8 | 18 | u1gh | figs-rquestion | ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? | 1 | Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? | Jesus continues to rebuke his disciples by asking them questions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember the things that I have said and done.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 483 | MRK | 8 | 18 | qt58 | figs-idiom | οὐ βλέπετε…οὐκ ἀκούετε | 1 | **do you not see** and **do you not hear** are idioms meaning that the disciples did not understand. They heard and saw everything Jesus did, but they did not understand what it meant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do you not understand the things which I have said and done the whole time you have been with me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 484 | MRK | 8 | 19 | t7ig | translate-numbers | τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους | 1 | the 5,000 | “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 485 | MRK | 8 | 20 | lip5 | translate-numbers | τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους | 1 | the 4,000 | “the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 486 | MRK | 8 | 21 | kh42 | figs-rquestion | πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? | 1 | How do you not yet understand? | Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding what he has done in front of their eyes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 487 | MRK | 8 | 22 | c92c | figs-go | ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 488 | MRK | 8 | 22 | mj78 | figs-explicit | ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν | 1 | Jesus and his disciples traveled to Bethsaida in a boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They came to Bethsaida in a boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 489 | MRK | 8 | 22 | mul4 | translate-names | Βηθσαϊδάν | 1 | Bethsaida | **Bethsaida** is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 490 | MRK | 8 | 22 | mx9q | figs-explicit | ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται | 1 | that he would touch him | They wanted Jesus to touch the man in order to heal him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 491 | MRK | 8 | 24 | r6tk | figs-simile | βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας | 1 | I see men who look like walking trees | The man sees people **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him. To the man, people just look like tall figures, so he compares them to **trees**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 492 | MRK | 8 | 25 | td9l | figs-activepassive | καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη | 1 | and he looked intently and was restored | The phrase **was restored** can be written in active form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 493 | MRK | 8 | 27 | e4l3 | figs-go | ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώμας | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they came out into the villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 494 | MRK | 8 | 28 | nn1f | figs-ellipsis | ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι | 1 | other … others | The two occurrences of **others** refers to other people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 495 | MRK | 8 | 30 | rgy8 | figs-quotations | ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | he warned them that they might tell no one about him | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **they might tell no one about him** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
| 496 | MRK | 8 | 31 | d4dc | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | the Son of Man | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 497 | MRK | 8 | 31 | m32p | figs-activepassive | ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι | 1 | to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 498 | MRK | 8 | 31 | gjg2 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι | 1 | The events of this verse progress in chronological order. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “first, the elders and the chief priests and the scribes will reject me. Then, people will kill me. But after that, on the third day, I will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 499 | MRK | 8 | 31 | h9t2 | figs-123person | δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν | 1 | When Jesus says **Son of Man**, he is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would be confusing in your language, you can use first person. Alternate translation: “It is necessary that I, the Son of Man, should suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 500 | MRK | 8 | 33 | nu32 | figs-metaphor | ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ | 1 | Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind | Jesus means that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 501 | MRK | 8 | 33 | r9gy | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλὰ | 1 | Get behind me | Jesus is saying that Peter is acting in a way that he ought not act. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 502 | MRK | 8 | 33 | clxo | figs-idiom | οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | To **set your mind** on something means to think about it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are not thinking about what God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 503 | MRK | 8 | 33 | t6jv | figs-ellipsis | οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Jesus leaves some words out in the second phrase that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You are not thinking about what God desires, but you are thinking about what man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 504 | MRK | 8 | 34 | m732 | figs-metaphor | ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν | 1 | to follow after me | To **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 505 | MRK | 8 | 34 | c6ll | figs-metonymy | ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι | 1 | take up his cross, and follow me | The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 506 | MRK | 8 | 34 | oxv6 | figs-hypo | εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι | 1 | take up his cross, and follow me | Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to show the seriousness of being his follower. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) |
| 507 | MRK | 8 | 35 | d5rj | figs-genericnoun | ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ | 1 | For whoever wants | Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) |
| 508 | MRK | 8 | 35 | a6g3 | figs-explicit | ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν | 1 | soul | The first time the word life occurs in each phrase, it means life before a person dies, that is, earthly life. The second occurrence of life in each phrase means life after death, that is, everlasting life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his earthly life will not have everlasting life with God after he dies. Whoever loses his earthly life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will have everlasting life with God after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 509 | MRK | 8 | 35 | nn0a | figs-euphemism | ἀπολέσει αὐτήν | 1 | **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 510 | MRK | 8 | 36 | ua46 | figs-rquestion | τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? | 1 | For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? | Jesus asks this question to emphasize that If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 511 | MRK | 8 | 36 | mxuj | figs-rquestion | ἄνθρωπον | 1 | Mark is using the phrase **a man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 512 | MRK | 8 | 36 | jde6 | figs-hyperbole | κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον | 1 | to gain the whole world | The phrase **the whole world** is an exaggeration, meaning that the person might gain great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 513 | MRK | 8 | 37 | wua4 | figs-rquestion | τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? | 1 | For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? | Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 514 | MRK | 8 | 38 | c53y | figs-metaphor | ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ | 1 | in this adulterous and sinful generation | Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 515 | MRK | 8 | 38 | ov1d | figs-synecdoche | τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ | 1 | See how you translated **this generation** in [8:12](../08/12.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 516 | MRK | 8 | 38 | s5tm | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | the Son of Man | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 517 | MRK | 8 | 38 | hvx0 | figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | See how you translated **Son of Man** in [8:31](../08/31.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 518 | MRK | 9 | intro | n92j | 0 | # Mark 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)). | |||
| 519 | MRK | 9 | 1 | q4b6 | writing-pronouns | ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | he was saying to them | Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you can state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 520 | MRK | 9 | 1 | xm40 | figs-yousingular | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Here, the word **you** is plural, in the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, and refers to everyone that Jesus is speaking to. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 521 | MRK | 9 | 1 | kg4x | figs-idiom | οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου | 1 | The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If your readers would not understand this idiom you can use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 522 | MRK | 9 | 1 | qloy | figs-abstractnouns | οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 523 | MRK | 9 | 1 | ymou | figs-abstractnouns | ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 524 | MRK | 9 | 1 | yjf6 | figs-explicit | τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει | 1 | the kingdom of God come with power | The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would help your readers understand the meaning you can state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2-10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 525 | MRK | 9 | 2 | uf5f | figs-rpronouns | κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους | 1 | by themselves, alone | Mark uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 526 | MRK | 9 | 2 | krt6 | translate-unknown | μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν | 1 | he was transfigured before them | The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 527 | MRK | 9 | 2 | b3bb | figs-activepassive | μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν | 1 | he was transfigured | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 528 | MRK | 9 | 3 | gp48 | translate-unknown | οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι | 1 | as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white | The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth and would clean and bleach it. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 529 | MRK | 9 | 4 | f2d6 | translate-names | Ἠλείας | 1 | Elijah with Moses appeared | **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 530 | MRK | 9 | 4 | j83a | translate-names | Μωϋσεῖ | 1 | **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 531 | MRK | 9 | 4 | r3uu | writing-pronouns | αὐτοῖς | 1 | Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 532 | MRK | 9 | 4 | pj3i | writing-pronouns | ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες | 1 | they were talking with | Here, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 533 | MRK | 9 | 4 | sh7s | figs-activepassive | καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **were seen** with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 534 | MRK | 9 | 4 | y9r3 | writing-pronouns | αὐτοῖς | 1 | The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 535 | MRK | 9 | 5 | w6vs | ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | answering, Peter says to Jesus | Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question. | |
| 536 | MRK | 9 | 5 | iqc9 | figs-exclusive | καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι | 1 | it is good for us to be here | Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 537 | MRK | 9 | 5 | k3y1 | translate-unknown | σκηνάς | 1 | shelters | **Shelters** are simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 538 | MRK | 9 | 5 | ou1t | translate-names | Μωϋσεῖ | 1 | **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 539 | MRK | 9 | 5 | u7di | translate-names | Ἠλείᾳ | 1 | **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 540 | MRK | 9 | 6 | r3bn | writing-background | οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο | 1 | For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified | This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 541 | MRK | 9 | 6 | f8hn | ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο | 1 | they were terrified | Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid” | |
| 542 | MRK | 9 | 7 | e3id | ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς | 1 | came, overshadowing them | Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them” | |
| 543 | MRK | 9 | 7 | x4mv | figs-personification | ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης | 1 | a voice came from the cloud | Mark speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) |
| 544 | MRK | 9 | 7 | ybu6 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱός μου | 1 | my Son | **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 545 | MRK | 9 | 7 | lg0e | figs-yousingular | ἀκούετε | 1 | **Listen** is a command or instruction to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 546 | MRK | 9 | 8 | hq73 | writing-pronouns | οὐκέτι…εἶδον | 1 | they no longer saw | Here, **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 547 | MRK | 9 | 9 | q2qv | writing-pronouns | αὐτῶν | 1 | The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 548 | MRK | 9 | 9 | pdmm | writing-pronouns | διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς | 1 | Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 549 | MRK | 9 | 9 | w1nf | writing-pronouns | διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται | 1 | Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 550 | MRK | 9 | 9 | wter | διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται | 1 | Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen” | ||
| 551 | MRK | 9 | 9 | w98g | figs-metonymy | ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ | 1 | would rise from the dead | Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 552 | MRK | 9 | 10 | edv3 | καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς | 1 | Here, Mark is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “And they kept the matter to themselves” | ||
| 553 | MRK | 9 | 10 | wfu9 | ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι | 1 | to rise from the dead | See how you translated the phrase “rise from the dead” in the previous verse. | |
| 554 | MRK | 9 | 11 | s9zn | writing-pronouns | ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες | 1 | they were questioning him | Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 555 | MRK | 9 | 11 | je29 | writing-pronouns | ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν | 1 | Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 556 | MRK | 9 | 11 | wgsr | translate-names | Ἠλείαν | 1 | **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 557 | MRK | 9 | 12 | o8hf | writing-pronouns | ἔφη | 1 | Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 558 | MRK | 9 | 12 | s3q3 | figs-rquestion | καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? | 1 | And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised? | Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. You could translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 559 | MRK | 9 | 12 | toik | figs-activepassive | καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning behind the phrase **been written** with an active form. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 560 | MRK | 9 | 12 | i3j7 | figs-activepassive | ἐξουδενηθῇ | 1 | would be despised | If it would be more natural in your language, you can state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 561 | MRK | 9 | 13 | k3kj | figs-explicit | ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον | 1 | they did whatever they wanted to him | If it would help your readers, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 562 | MRK | 9 | 14 | n8fd | ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς | 1 | having come to the disciples | Alternate translation: “When Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain” | |
| 563 | MRK | 9 | 14 | qsp3 | writing-pronouns | αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς | 1 | Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refers to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus and Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 564 | MRK | 9 | 15 | qhc3 | writing-pronouns | αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν | 1 | All three of the occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse, refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers you can clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 565 | MRK | 9 | 16 | w679 | writing-pronouns | καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς | 1 | Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crown” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 566 | MRK | 9 | 17 | a2j6 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 567 | MRK | 9 | 18 | h98h | ξηραίνεται | 1 | he becomes rigid | Alternate translation: “his body becomes rigid” | |
| 568 | MRK | 9 | 18 | zre6 | figs-explicit | οὐκ ἴσχυσαν | 1 | they could not | The phrase **the were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 569 | MRK | 9 | 19 | tb67 | figs-extrainfo | ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει | 1 | answering them, he says | Here, the pronoun **them** is plural so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who **them** refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) |
| 570 | MRK | 9 | 19 | azc9 | figs-abstractnouns | ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος | 1 | You unbelieving generation | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 571 | MRK | 9 | 19 | nbw0 | figs-metonymy | ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος | 1 | Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history and specifically to refer to all the people who were present with him. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy) | |
| 572 | MRK | 9 | 19 | c88a | figs-rquestion | ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν | 1 | until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? | Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 573 | MRK | 9 | 19 | n4dq | figs-parallelism | ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? | 1 | until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? | The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long will I have to be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 574 | MRK | 9 | 19 | b7u5 | ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν | 1 | will I bear with you | Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you” | |
| 575 | MRK | 9 | 19 | nrya | φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με | 1 | In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. | ||
| 576 | MRK | 9 | 20 | bw3l | πνεῦμα | 1 | the spirit | See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). | |
| 577 | MRK | 9 | 20 | l4r5 | writing-pronouns | καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν | 1 | threw him into a convulsion | In this verse the first and fourth occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son” who was possessed by a mute spirit and mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 578 | MRK | 9 | 20 | vdj4 | writing-pronouns | καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν | 1 | In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer Jesus. If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 579 | MRK | 9 | 21 | f5zm | καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν | 1 | From childhood | Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’” | |
| 580 | MRK | 9 | 22 | f5yu | figs-infostructure | βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς | 1 | having had compassion | In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first. The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) |
| 581 | MRK | 9 | 22 | fbup | figs-abstractnouns | σπλαγχνισθεὶς | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 582 | MRK | 9 | 23 | vh6c | εἰ δύνῃ? | 1 | ‘If you are able’? | The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more natural in your language you can express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’” | |
| 583 | MRK | 9 | 23 | kp1x | πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι | 1 | All things are possible for the one believing | Alternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God” | |
| 584 | MRK | 9 | 23 | e5kk | figs-explicit | τῷ πιστεύοντι | 1 | for the one believing | The word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would help your readers you can say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in God’s power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 585 | MRK | 9 | 24 | h4y6 | figs-explicit | βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ | 1 | Help me in my unbelief | The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power but rather these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 586 | MRK | 9 | 24 | wssi | figs-abstractnouns | βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 587 | MRK | 9 | 25 | qaw4 | figs-explicit | ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος | 1 | the crowd is running to them | This means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 588 | MRK | 9 | 25 | b54j | grammar-collectivenouns | ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος | 1 | The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 589 | MRK | 9 | 25 | ul8k | figs-explicit | τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα | 1 | You mute and deaf spirit | The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 590 | MRK | 9 | 25 | zd5c | figs-go | ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 591 | MRK | 9 | 26 | adb6 | κράξας | 1 | having cried out | Alternate translation: “after the unclean spirit cried out” | |
| 592 | MRK | 9 | 26 | i8dz | figs-go | ἐξῆλθεν | 1 | convulsed him greatly | Your language may say “went out” rather than **came out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “it went out” or “the spirit went out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 593 | MRK | 9 | 26 | n7h8 | figs-nominaladj | ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς | 1 | he became like a dead person | Mark is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 594 | MRK | 9 | 26 | ns4t | ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν | 1 | so that many | Alternate translation: “so that many people said” | |
| 595 | MRK | 9 | 27 | r9zn | ἤγειρεν αὐτόν | 1 | lifted him up | Alternate translation: “helped him get up” | |
| 596 | MRK | 9 | 28 | f0x7 | figs-go | εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον | 1 | Your language may say “come” rather than “went” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 597 | MRK | 9 | 28 | zwjp | εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον | 1 | Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a house” | ||
| 598 | MRK | 9 | 28 | sd45 | κατ’ ἰδίαν | 1 | by himself | Alternate translation: “privately” | |
| 599 | MRK | 9 | 29 | pdk2 | figs-doublenegatives | τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ | 1 | This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting | The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 600 | MRK | 9 | 29 | v2s7 | figs-explicit | τοῦτο τὸ γένος | 1 | This kind | Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to kinds of unclean spirits. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 601 | MRK | 9 | 29 | kh4w | figs-go | τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθεῖν | 1 | Your language may say “go out” rather than “come out” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 602 | MRK | 9 | 29 | yrzf | figs-abstractnouns | προσευχῇ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 603 | MRK | 9 | 29 | l6ok | figs-abstractnouns | νηστείᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 604 | MRK | 9 | 31 | w75k | figs-activepassive | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται | 1 | The Son of Man is being delivered | If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 605 | MRK | 9 | 31 | y5cw | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται | 1 | The Son of Man is being delivered | Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” | |
| 606 | MRK | 9 | 31 | z8ud | figs-metonymy | εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων | 1 | into the hands of men | Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 607 | MRK | 9 | 31 | s1n2 | figs-activepassive | ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται | 1 | having been killed, he will rise again after three days | If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 608 | MRK | 9 | 33 | xv94 | figs-go | ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 609 | MRK | 9 | 33 | l2kj | figs-go | ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 610 | MRK | 9 | 34 | gdg3 | figs-explicit | τίς μείζων | 1 | about who was the greatest | Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 611 | MRK | 9 | 35 | z754 | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 612 | MRK | 9 | 35 | fkf6 | figs-declarative | ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος | 1 | Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act as if he is the least important and serve everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 613 | MRK | 9 | 35 | jzl5 | figs-metaphor | εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος | 1 | If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all | Being **first** figuratively represents people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** figuratively represents people who are not esteemed by others because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **first** and **last** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 614 | MRK | 9 | 35 | ioiu | figs-nominaladj | εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be most important in God’s sight, he should act as if he is the least important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 615 | MRK | 9 | 35 | um58 | translate-ordinal | πρῶτος | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 616 | MRK | 9 | 35 | jqo3 | figs-ellipsis | ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 617 | MRK | 9 | 35 | z9x2 | figs-declarative | ἔσται…ἔσχατος | 1 | Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 618 | MRK | 9 | 35 | t526 | πάντων…πάντων | 1 | of all … of all | Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people” | |
| 619 | MRK | 9 | 36 | qqcu | writing-pronouns | ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν | 1 | The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 620 | MRK | 9 | 37 | h242 | ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων | 1 | one of these little children | Alternate translation: “a child such as this one” | |
| 621 | MRK | 9 | 37 | ul12 | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου | 1 | in my name | Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 622 | MRK | 9 | 37 | uik3 | figs-explicit | οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με | 1 | **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God who sent him. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 623 | MRK | 9 | 37 | y24n | figs-explicit | τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με | 1 | the one who has sent me | Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 624 | MRK | 9 | 38 | dxq5 | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου | 1 | in your name | Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 625 | MRK | 9 | 38 | a3d3 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 626 | MRK | 9 | 38 | k2i2 | figs-metaphor | οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν | 1 | he was not following us | Here, **following** does not seem to mean to be one of Jesus’ disciples, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 627 | MRK | 9 | 39 | oynl | figs-litotes | μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν | 1 | Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 628 | MRK | 9 | 39 | yw2q | figs-metonymy | ὀνόματί | 1 | See how you translated **name** in the previous verse [9:39](../09/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 629 | MRK | 9 | 39 | h7ez | figs-abstractnouns | κακολογῆσαί | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 630 | MRK | 9 | 40 | tma4 | οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν | 1 | is not against us | Alternate translation: “is not opposing us” | |
| 631 | MRK | 9 | 41 | lz5d | figs-explicit | ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε | 1 | may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ | Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another. This is a figurative way of referring to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If your readers would not understand this you can use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 632 | MRK | 9 | 41 | m0d8 | figs-metonymy | ὀνόματι | 1 | See how you translated **name** in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 633 | MRK | 9 | 41 | u325 | figs-ellipsis | ἐν ὀνόματι | 1 | Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 634 | MRK | 9 | 41 | bpz5 | figs-idiom | ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε | 1 | **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 635 | MRK | 9 | 41 | bgq1 | figs-litotes | οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ | 1 | he may certainly not lose | Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 636 | MRK | 9 | 41 | wnb2 | figs-abstractnouns | οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 637 | MRK | 9 | 41 | jjq5 | figs-gendernotations | οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ | 1 | Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 638 | MRK | 9 | 42 | cj0l | figs-metaphor | ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων | 1 | The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 639 | MRK | 9 | 42 | gef5 | figs-explicit | καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ | 1 | Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 640 | MRK | 9 | 42 | z6k5 | translate-unknown | μύλος ὀνικὸς | 1 | a large millstone | *large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone”. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 641 | MRK | 9 | 42 | bx6c | figs-explicit | περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ | 1 | The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 642 | MRK | 9 | 43 | g8dv | figs-metonymy | ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου | 1 | if your hand may cause you to stumble | Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do something sinful with your hand. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 643 | MRK | 9 | 43 | ifcv | figs-hyperbole | ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν | 1 | When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand** because Judaism taught against harming one’s body and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere, that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 644 | MRK | 9 | 43 | h9lh | figs-hyperbole | κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν | 1 | When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 645 | MRK | 9 | 43 | wd7y | figs-explicit | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν | 1 | Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 646 | MRK | 9 | 43 | l5bf | figs-abstractnouns | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 647 | MRK | 9 | 43 | ttl7 | εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον | 1 | into the unquenchable fire | Alternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out” | |
| 648 | MRK | 9 | 45 | lx2b | figs-metonymy | ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε | 1 | if your foot may cause you to stumble | Here, the word **foot** is a metonym for going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 649 | MRK | 9 | 45 | so26 | figs-explicit | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **enter into life** in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 650 | MRK | 9 | 45 | vj49 | figs-hyperbole | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν | 1 | to enter into life lame | When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 651 | MRK | 9 | 45 | hbt9 | figs-activepassive | βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν | 1 | If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 652 | MRK | 9 | 47 | okc3 | figs-metonymy | ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν | 1 | Here, **eye** is a metonym for desiring to sin as a result of looking at something which God has prohibited. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 653 | MRK | 9 | 47 | h4dv | figs-explicit | μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended and has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” that was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 654 | MRK | 9 | 47 | t7uv | figs-hyperbole | μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 655 | MRK | 9 | 47 | r2gn | figs-activepassive | βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν | 1 | to be thrown into hell | See how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 656 | MRK | 9 | 49 | mr5y | figs-activepassive | πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται | 1 | everyone will be salted with fire | If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 657 | MRK | 9 | 49 | ma3s | figs-metaphor | πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται | 1 | will be salted with fire | Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 658 | MRK | 9 | 50 | rb7r | ἄναλον γένηται | 1 | may become unsalty | “loses its salty taste” | |
| 659 | MRK | 9 | 50 | fqb8 | figs-rquestion | ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? | 1 | with what will you season it? | **with what will you season it** is a rhetorical question. can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 660 | MRK | 9 | 50 | t76n | αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε | 1 | will you season it | “will you make it taste salty again” | |
| 661 | MRK | 9 | 50 | f34y | figs-metaphor | ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα | 1 | Have salt in yourselves | Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt** that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 662 | MRK | 9 | 50 | syc9 | figs-rpronouns | ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα | 1 | The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted each of his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves personally. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) | |
| 663 | MRK | 9 | 50 | tind | figs-yousingular | εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις | 1 | **be at peace with one another** is a command or instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 664 | MRK | 10 | intro | bq25 | 0 | # Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)). | |||
| 665 | MRK | 10 | 1 | qq93 | figs-explicit | ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται | 1 | having gotten up, he goes from that place | Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 666 | MRK | 10 | 1 | goki | figs-go | ἔρχεται | 1 | Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 667 | MRK | 10 | 1 | j5wa | καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου | 1 | and the other side of the Jordan River | Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River” | |
| 668 | MRK | 10 | 1 | s6fy | figs-go | συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν | 1 | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 669 | MRK | 10 | 1 | vzb4 | εἰώθει | 1 | he had been accustomed to do | Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did” | |
| 670 | MRK | 10 | 5 | m73x | figs-metonymy | τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν | 1 | your hardness of heart | Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 671 | MRK | 10 | 5 | xqzb | figs-idiom | τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν | 1 | your hardness of heart | The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and instead choosing one’s own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 672 | MRK | 10 | 6 | m6lj | figs-nominaladj | ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς | 1 | He made them | Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, males and females. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 673 | MRK | 10 | 6 | jz57 | figs-quotesinquotes | ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς | 1 | Beginning in the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart” and this verse and the next two verses continue his direct speech to the Pharisees. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase *He made them male and female** Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:9](../mrk/10/09.md). Jesus entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks and his quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks because it is a quote within a quote. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 674 | MRK | 10 | 7 | lfzd | grammar-collectivenouns | καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα | 1 | Here, the word **man** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 675 | MRK | 10 | 7 | ycp7 | figs-explicit | καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα | 1 | The phrase **a man will leave his father and mother** does not mean that a man necessarily has to stop living in his father’s and mother’s home once he gets married. Rather it means (COME BACK) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 676 | MRK | 10 | 8 | rd63 | καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ | 1 | and the two will become one flesh | In this verse Jesus finishes his quotation of [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). Jesus began quoting Genesis in the second half of [Mark 10:6](../mrk/10/6.md). | |
| 677 | MRK | 10 | 8 | p7yc | figs-metaphor | οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ | 1 | they are no longer two, but one flesh | A husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor to illustrate a husband and wife’s close union as a couple. If your readers would not understand what this means you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 678 | MRK | 10 | 9 | ty4e | figs-explicit | ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω | 1 | Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate | The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 679 | MRK | 10 | 9 | pty4 | figs-gendernotations | ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω | 1 | Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “should not be separated by any person” or “let people not separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 680 | MRK | 10 | 10 | l8fu | figs-explicit | περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν | 1 | asked him about this | The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 681 | MRK | 10 | 11 | i5kp | ὃς ἂν | 1 | Whoever | Alternate translation: “Anyone who” | |
| 682 | MRK | 10 | 12 | sn1m | figs-explicit | μοιχᾶται | 1 | she commits adultery | Here, the phrase **she commits adultery** means that a woman who divorces her husband and marries another man commits adultery against her previous husband. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against the first man she married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 683 | MRK | 10 | 13 | zx1f | writing-newevent | καὶ | 1 | And they were bringing | Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 684 | MRK | 10 | 13 | nmw7 | figs-explicit | προσέφερον | 1 | Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 685 | MRK | 10 | 13 | pk8a | figs-explicit | αὐτῶν ἅψηται | 1 | he might touch them | Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 686 | MRK | 10 | 14 | yi5m | figs-doublet | ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά | 1 | Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them | The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 687 | MRK | 10 | 14 | qj7i | figs-doublenegatives | μὴ κωλύετε | 1 | do not prevent | If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 688 | MRK | 10 | 15 | y3a2 | ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν | 1 | whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it | Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it” | |
| 689 | MRK | 10 | 15 | a1e7 | figs-simile | ὡς παιδίον | 1 | as a little child | The point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 690 | MRK | 10 | 15 | q3ck | figs-explicit | οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν | 1 | may certainly not enter into it | Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 691 | MRK | 10 | 16 | jq4f | ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ | 1 | having taken them into his arms | Alternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms” | |
| 692 | MRK | 10 | 17 | fpp6 | figs-metaphor | ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω | 1 | in order that I might inherit everlasting life | Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used metaphorically to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal.” If your readers would not understand what it means to “inherit eternal life” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 693 | MRK | 10 | 17 | d0iy | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 694 | MRK | 10 | 17 | h45i | figs-abstractnouns | ζωὴν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 695 | MRK | 10 | 18 | lw1f | figs-rquestion | τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? | 1 | Why are you calling me good? | Jesus’ question “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is asks in order to make a point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 696 | MRK | 10 | 18 | uwt6 | τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός | 1 | By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is asking the man a rhetorical question in order to make a point. The Bible clearly teaches that Jesus is God and Jesus affirms elsewhere that he believes that he is God. Make sure that your translation does not portray Jesus as denying his own moral perfection or divinity here. | ||
| 697 | MRK | 10 | 18 | gyod | τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός | 1 | By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things to do and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in God’s character. | ||
| 698 | MRK | 10 | 19 | qs3e | figs-quotesinquotes | τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα | 1 | In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 699 | MRK | 10 | 19 | hj3v | μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς | 1 | do not testify falsely | Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court” | |
| 700 | MRK | 10 | 20 | bd3s | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 701 | MRK | 10 | 21 | syq1 | figs-metaphor | ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ | 1 | One thing you are lacking | Here, **lack** is a metaphor for needing to do something. If your readers would not understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 702 | MRK | 10 | 21 | rd85 | figs-explicit | δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς | 1 | give it to the poor | Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 703 | MRK | 10 | 21 | ux1l | figs-nominaladj | τοῖς πτωχοῖς | 1 | to the poor | Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 704 | MRK | 10 | 21 | iij4 | figs-metaphor | ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ | 1 | treasure | Jesus speaks figuratively of rewards in heaven as if these rewards are **treasure**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **have treasure in heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you will be rewarded in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 705 | MRK | 10 | 22 | afu7 | figs-synecdoche | τῷ λόγῳ | 1 | Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 706 | MRK | 10 | 22 | v58f | ἔχων κτήματα πολλά | 1 | one having many possessions | Alternate translation: “someone who owned many things” | |
| 707 | MRK | 10 | 24 | z9z1 | ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς | 1 | but again answering, Jesus says to them | Alternate translation: “but Jesus said to his disciples again” | |
| 708 | MRK | 10 | 24 | fh1q | figs-metaphor | τέκνα | 1 | Children, how | Here, Jesus is using the term **Children** figuratively to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and so Jesus regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this in a non-figurative way as UST does. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) |
| 709 | MRK | 10 | 25 | f15k | figs-hyperbole | εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν | 1 | It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God | This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for **rich** people **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 710 | MRK | 10 | 25 | t4y8 | translate-unknown | εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν | 1 | the eye of a needle | **the eye of a needle** refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** that thread passes through. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 711 | MRK | 10 | 27 | vfyb | figs-gendernotations | ἀνθρώποις | 1 | Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 712 | MRK | 10 | 28 | hcv3 | figs-exclamations | ἰδοὺ | 1 | Behold | **Behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: See the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 713 | MRK | 10 | 29 | zhx5 | figs-litotes | οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν | 1 | there is no one who has left | The phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses the negative word **no** to negate **one** in order to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus’ sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “everyone who has left” or “every person who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 714 | MRK | 10 | 29 | m1w3 | ἢ ἀγροὺς | 1 | or lands | Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns” | |
| 715 | MRK | 10 | 30 | sjhg | figs-doublenegatives | ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ | 1 | who may not receive | The phrase **not receive** in this verse, when combined with the phrase “no one” in the previous verse, creates a double negative. If this is confusing in your language you can state the entire sentence positively. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 716 | MRK | 10 | 30 | heb4 | ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ | 1 | in this time | Alternate translation: “in this present age” | |
| 717 | MRK | 10 | 31 | y2lu | figs-nominaladj | πολλοὶ…ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι | 1 | Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. See how you translated the words **first** and **last** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “many people who are now important will not be, and the people who are not now important, will be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj) | |
| 718 | MRK | 10 | 31 | ym7t | figs-metaphor | ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι | 1 | who are first will be last, and the last first | Here, Jesus is using the words **first** and **last** metaphorically. See how you translated these words in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 719 | MRK | 10 | 32 | hq7y | figs-explicit | οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες | 1 | those who are following behind | Some people were walking behind Jesus and his twelve disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 720 | MRK | 10 | 32 | k1nn | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 721 | MRK | 10 | 33 | pv4w | figs-exclamations | ἰδοὺ | 1 | Behold | **Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 722 | MRK | 10 | 33 | qkq9 | figs-exclusive | ἀναβαίνομεν | 1 | When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 723 | MRK | 10 | 33 | s1hp | figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν | 1 | the Son of Man will be delivered | Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will be delivered to the chief priests and the scribes, and they will condemn me to death and deliver me to the Gentiles” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) |
| 724 | MRK | 10 | 33 | ha2g | figs-activepassive | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται | 1 | the Son of Man will be delivered | If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can express the meaning behind the phrase **will be delivered** by using an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 725 | MRK | 10 | 33 | ohsf | figs-abstractnouns | καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using a verbal form of this word. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 726 | MRK | 10 | 33 | ils2 | παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν | 1 | deliver him to the Gentiles | Alternate translation: “put him under the control of the Gentiles” | |
| 727 | MRK | 10 | 34 | ccd3 | figs-123person | ἐμπαίξουσιν | 1 | they will mock | In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) |
| 728 | MRK | 10 | 34 | t0lt | writing-pronouns | ἐμπαίξουσιν | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to “the Gentiles” mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 729 | MRK | 10 | 34 | xv2g | figs-explicit | ἀναστήσεται | 1 | he will rise | The phrase **he will rise** refers to rising from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” or “he will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 730 | MRK | 10 | 35 | li9k | figs-exclusive | θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν | 1 | we desire … for us … we may ask | Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 731 | MRK | 10 | 35 | ch2r | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 732 | MRK | 10 | 36 | he8f | writing-pronouns | αὐτοῖς | 1 | The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 733 | MRK | 10 | 37 | xwf8 | writing-pronouns | οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “And James and John said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 734 | MRK | 10 | 37 | n1fv | figs-exclusive | δὸς ἡμῖν…καθίσωμεν | 1 | Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 735 | MRK | 10 | 37 | bb98 | figs-explicit | ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου | 1 | in your glory | The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “with you when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 736 | MRK | 10 | 37 | kyg6 | figs-abstractnouns | ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way such as using a verbal form of the word. Alternate translation: “next to you when you are glorified” or “sit by you when you are glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 737 | MRK | 10 | 38 | v1bf | οὐκ οἴδατε | 1 | You do not know | “You do not understand” | |
| 738 | MRK | 10 | 38 | yvu8 | figs-idiom | πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω | 1 | to drink the cup which I am drinking | Drinking a **cup** is an idiom which refers to suffering some experience which is difficult to undergo. In the Bible suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 739 | MRK | 10 | 38 | pax6 | figs-metaphor | τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι | 1 | The phrase **to be baptized with the baptism** is a metaphor which refers to being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering and trials overwhelm a person. Here, this metaphor for suffering refers specifically to Jesus’ future suffering in Jerusalem and death by crucifixion. If your readers would not understand this metaphor for suffering, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 740 | MRK | 10 | 38 | hlue | figs-activepassive | ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι | 1 | The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 741 | MRK | 10 | 39 | r3pm | writing-pronouns | οἱ…αὐτοῖς | 1 | We are able | Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 742 | MRK | 10 | 39 | hc1g | figs-idiom | τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε | 1 | you will drink | **The cup that I drink** is an idiom. See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 743 | MRK | 10 | 39 | c15v | figs-metaphor | τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε | 1 | In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** metaphorically. See how you translated Jesus’ metaphorical use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 744 | MRK | 10 | 39 | humc | figs-activepassive | ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε | 1 | The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 745 | MRK | 10 | 40 | pdc1 | figs-explicit | ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται | 1 | but it is for those for whom it has been prepared | The word **it** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 746 | MRK | 10 | 40 | eu9v | figs-activepassive | ἡτοίμασται | 1 | it has been prepared | The phrase **it has been prepared** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says in [Matthew 20:23](../mat/07/14.md) that God the Father is the one who will prepare these places. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 747 | MRK | 10 | 41 | ad19 | figs-explicit] | ἀκούσαντες, | 1 | When heard about this | The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] |
| 748 | MRK | 10 | 41 | i48d | figs-explicit | οἱ δέκα | 1 | **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 749 | MRK | 10 | 42 | sbk8 | προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | having summoned them, Jesus | Alternate translation: “after Jesus called his disciples to him, he” | |
| 750 | MRK | 10 | 42 | zfr3 | figs-abstractnouns | κατεξουσιάζουσιν | 1 | exercise authority over | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 751 | MRK | 10 | 43 | zfz6 | figs-explicit | οὐχ οὕτως…ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν | 1 | But it is not this way among you | The phrase **it is not this way among you** means “this is not the reality you live by as my followers” or “it should not be this way among you” and refers back to the way that Jesus said the Gentile rulers governed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But you live by a different set of principles than the Gentile rulers do” or “But you are to act differently than the Gentile rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 752 | MRK | 10 | 43 | fc3m | μέγας γενέσθαι | 1 | to become great | Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected” | |
| 753 | MRK | 10 | 43 | gfun | figs-declarative | ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος | 1 | Jesus is using the future statement **will be your servant** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md) where it occurs with the same meaning and in a similar context. Alternate translation: “must be your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 754 | MRK | 10 | 44 | e7sn | figs-metaphor | εἶναι πρῶτος | 1 | to be first | Here, **to be first** is a metaphor for being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 755 | MRK | 10 | 44 | qzo8 | figs-declarative | ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος | 1 | Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in the previous verse, where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 756 | MRK | 10 | 44 | u5yb | figs-hyperbole | δοῦλος | 1 | Jesus speaks figuratively of being **a slave** to emphasize the great lengths Jesus’ followers should go to in order to serve others. If Jesus’ exaggeration would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act similar to slaves in their service to others. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 757 | MRK | 10 | 45 | ctta | figs-123person | καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) | |
| 758 | MRK | 10 | 45 | pmk3 | translate/figs-go | οὐκ ἦλθεν | 1 | Your language may say “leave” and “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 759 | MRK | 10 | 45 | a3fr | figs-activepassive | διακονηθῆναι | 1 | For even the Son of Man did not come to be served | The phrase **to be served** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 760 | MRK | 10 | 45 | rik1 | διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι | 1 | to be served, but to serve | Alternate translation: “to be served by people, but to serve people” | |
| 761 | MRK | 10 | 45 | d9jd | ἀντὶ πολλῶν | 1 | in exchange for many | Alternate translation: “in place of many people” or “in exchange for many people” | |
| 762 | MRK | 10 | 46 | n4i3 | figs-go | ἔρχονται εἰς Ἰερειχώ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went into Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 763 | MRK | 10 | 46 | bq3j | figs-go | ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ | 1 | Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus | Your language may say “coming out” rather than **going out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “as he is coming out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 764 | MRK | 10 | 47 | ow3g | translate-names | Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός | 1 | The people call **Jesus the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names) | |
| 765 | MRK | 10 | 47 | opm0 | grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ | 1 | Here, Mark uses **And** to introduce a reason result statement. **And** introduces the reason **having heard that it was Jesus** which resulted in Bartimaeus beginning **to cry out and to say, “Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me!”** When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result) | |
| 766 | MRK | 10 | 47 | ynr7 | figs-metaphor | Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ | 1 | having heard that it was Jesus | The blind man is using the word **Son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) |
| 767 | MRK | 10 | 47 | vwz9 | figs-explicit | Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ | 1 | Son of David | **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) |
| 768 | MRK | 10 | 47 | ylls | figs-abstractnouns | ἐλέησόν με | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** by using an adjective form such as “merciful” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 769 | MRK | 10 | 47 | s2dr | figs-imperative | ἐλέησόν με | 1 | This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative) | |
| 770 | MRK | 10 | 47 | tvkh | figs-explicit | ἐλέησόν με | 1 | The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 771 | MRK | 10 | 48 | ca5u | ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ | 1 | many were rebuking | Alternate translation: “many people kept telling him not to shout” | |
| 772 | MRK | 10 | 48 | m32u | πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν | 1 | much more | The phrase **was crying out much more** could mean: (1) that the blind man shouted even louder to Jesus. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) that the blind man called out even more persistently. Alternate translation: “called out even more persistently” | |
| 773 | MRK | 10 | 48 | l86a | figs-explicit | Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με | 1 | See how you decided to translate this phrase in [10:47](../010/47.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 774 | MRK | 10 | 49 | ac7h | writing-pronouns | φωνοῦσι | 1 | they call | Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could state explicitly who **they** refers to. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 775 | MRK | 10 | 49 | n6xl | figs-abstractnouns | θάρσει | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **courage** by using an adjective form such as “courageous” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 776 | MRK | 10 | 52 | s5d2 | figs-explicit | ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε | 1 | Your faith has healed you | This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 777 | MRK | 10 | 52 | bjuw | figs-abstractnouns | ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 778 | MRK | 10 | 52 | ub7w | figs-abstractnouns | ἀνέβλεψεν | 1 | he was following him | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 779 | MRK | 11 | intro | xg3t | 0 | # Mark 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md)) | |||
| 780 | MRK | 11 | 1 | ch4j | translate/figs-go | ἐγγίζουσιν | 1 | And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 781 | MRK | 11 | 1 | g1fy | translate-names | Βηθφαγὴ | 1 | Bethphage | **Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 782 | MRK | 11 | 2 | bi22 | figs-go | ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην | 1 | opposite us | Your language may say “Come” rather than **Go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 783 | MRK | 11 | 2 | si41 | figs-youdual | ὑμῶν…εὑρήσετε | 1 | Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) | |
| 784 | MRK | 11 | 2 | r41g | translate-unknown | πῶλον | 1 | a colt | The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 785 | MRK | 11 | 2 | yw78 | figs-gendernotations | οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν | 1 | on which no man has yet sat | Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 786 | MRK | 11 | 2 | zloo | figs-metonymy | οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν | 1 | Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy) | |
| 787 | MRK | 11 | 3 | aw3v | figs-quotesinquotes | καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε | 1 | This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 788 | MRK | 11 | 3 | q446 | figs-youdual | ποιεῖτε | 1 | The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) | |
| 789 | MRK | 11 | 3 | xw55 | figs-explicit | τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? | 1 | Why are you doing this? | If it would be helpful to your readers you can say explicitly what the word **this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 790 | MRK | 11 | 3 | k7fd | figs-abstractnouns | αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει | 1 | has need of it | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 791 | MRK | 11 | 3 | yj5y | εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε | 1 | immediately he sends it back here | Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” | |
| 792 | MRK | 11 | 4 | y381 | writing-pronouns | ἀπῆλθον | 1 | they went away | Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 793 | MRK | 11 | 4 | f6hc | πῶλον | 1 | See how you translated **colt** in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” | ||
| 794 | MRK | 11 | 7 | k9g7 | translate-unknown | τὰ ἱμάτια | 1 | cloaks | The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) |
| 795 | MRK | 11 | 7 | sbqy | figs-explicit | ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν | 1 | The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “draped the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 796 | MRK | 11 | 8 | t8hy | figs-explicit | πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν | 1 | many spread their cloaks on the road | Spreading **cloaks on the road** and **branches** was a way of showing honor to someone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and others spread branches they had cut from the fields. They did this in order to honor Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 797 | MRK | 11 | 8 | jk2o | translate-symaction | πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν | 1 | The words **many**, **others**, and **they** all refer to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and other people spread branches they had cut” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) | |
| 798 | MRK | 11 | 8 | fwl0 | ἱμάτια | 1 | See how you translated the word **cloaks** in [11:7](../11/07.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” | ||
| 799 | MRK | 11 | 8 | nx3n | figs-explicit | ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν | 1 | and others, branches having been cut from the fields | It was a tradition to lay palm **branches** on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: “and others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 800 | MRK | 11 | 9 | d8se | translate-transliterate | ὡσαννά | 1 | Hosanna | The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. **Hosanna** had an original meaning of “save now” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language or you can translate it according to how it was used, as the UST does. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 801 | MRK | 11 | 9 | ye41 | figs-activepassive | εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου | 1 | those following | The word **Blessed** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, “God” is the one doing the blessing. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 802 | MRK | 11 | 9 | suib | εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου | 1 | The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “May God bless the one who comes in his name” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “God has blessed the one who comes in his name” | ||
| 803 | MRK | 11 | 9 | x1bz | figs-explicit | εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος | 1 | Blessed is the one who comes | Here, the phrase **the one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one who comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 804 | MRK | 11 | 9 | e2p6 | figs-metonymy | ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου | 1 | in the name of the Lord | Here, the phrase **in the name of** is used figuratively for authority. The phrase **in the name of the Lord** means the “with the authority of the Lord.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 805 | MRK | 11 | 10 | kkfo | figs-activepassive | εὐλογημένη | 1 | Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David | The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 806 | MRK | 11 | 10 | a6b4 | εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ | 1 | Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David | The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David” | |
| 807 | MRK | 11 | 10 | yuap | figs-metaphor | τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ | 1 | Here, the term **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 808 | MRK | 11 | 10 | b1si | ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις | 1 | Hosanna in the highest | See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). The phrase ** Hosanna in the highest** could be (1) an exclamation of praise to God. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) a prayer to God for salvation from Israel’s enemies. Alternate translation: “Please save us now God in the highest” | |
| 809 | MRK | 11 | 10 | vqm2 | figs-explicit | ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις | 1 | the highest | The phrase ** in the highest** is a figurative way or referring to heaven where God dwells. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 810 | MRK | 11 | 11 | h2du | figs-synecdoche | ἱερόν | 1 | Since only priests could enter the temple building, here the word **temple** means the temple courtyard. Mark is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 811 | MRK | 11 | 11 | t5nv | figs-go | ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν | 1 | he went out to Bethany with the Twelve | Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came to Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 812 | MRK | 11 | 11 | rvd7 | figs-nominaladj | τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 813 | MRK | 11 | 12 | zr8n | figs-go | ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας | 1 | when they had returned from Bethany | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had went out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 814 | MRK | 11 | 13 | y447 | figs-go | ἦλθεν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]] |
| 815 | MRK | 11 | 13 | yg5n | figs-go | ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν | 1 | if perhaps he could find anything on it | Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 816 | MRK | 11 | 13 | j6cq | figs-litotes | οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα | 1 | he found nothing except leaves | Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 817 | MRK | 11 | 13 | g76z | ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων | 1 | the season | Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs” | |
| 818 | MRK | 11 | 14 | u3bk | figs-apostrophe | εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι | 1 | he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” | Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) |
| 819 | MRK | 11 | 14 | b362 | figs-explicit | εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα | 1 | he said to it | The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 820 | MRK | 11 | 14 | ij5h | figs-doublenegatives | μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι | 1 | his disciples heard it | The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 821 | MRK | 11 | 15 | hj7z | figs-go | ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | coming | Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
| 822 | MRK | 11 | 15 | c2wl | figs-synecdoche | ἱερὸν | 1 | See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 823 | MRK | 11 | 15 | hoym | ἐκβάλλειν | 1 | Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out” | ||
| 824 | MRK | 11 | 15 | s4m2 | τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας | 1 | those selling and those buying | Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling” | |
| 825 | MRK | 11 | 15 | ve56 | figs-synecdoche | ἱερῷ | 1 | General Information: | See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 826 | MRK | 11 | 16 | ohxg | figs-synecdoche | ἱεροῦ | 1 | See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 827 | MRK | 11 | 17 | xrz2 | figs-rquestion | οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? | 1 | Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? | **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple as recorded in the Old Testament scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have payed closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 828 | MRK | 11 | 17 | dxwe | figs-quotesinquotes | οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer for all nations,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 829 | MRK | 11 | 17 | t9x9 | figs-activepassive | οὐ γέγραπται | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 830 | MRK | 11 | 17 | qeix | figs-metaphor | οἶκός μου | 1 | God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 831 | MRK | 11 | 17 | t1ho | figs-metaphor | οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν | 1 | God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 832 | MRK | 11 | 17 | npdf | figs-activepassive | οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται | 1 | The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is people who are calling God’s temple a house of prayer. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 833 | MRK | 11 | 17 | qvxz | figs-abstractnouns | προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 834 | MRK | 11 | 17 | dpt1 | figs-metaphor | σπήλαιον λῃστῶν | 1 | But you have made it a den of robbers | God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 835 | MRK | 11 | 18 | k6dv | ἐζήτουν πῶς | 1 | they were seeking a way | Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way” | |
| 836 | MRK | 11 | 19 | h4hg | ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο | 1 | when evening came | Alternate translation: “in the evening” | |
| 837 | MRK | 11 | 20 | s8ki | figs-explicit | τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν | 1 | the fig tree had been withered from its roots | The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and was dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 838 | MRK | 11 | 20 | a83v | figs-activepassive | ἐξηραμμένην | 1 | had been withered | The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 839 | MRK | 11 | 21 | jt3h | figs-activepassive | ἀναμνησθεὶς | 1 | having remembered, Peter | The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 840 | MRK | 11 | 21 | na1k | figs-activepassive | ἐξήρανται | 1 | The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 841 | MRK | 11 | 22 | ry5v | figs-yousingular | ἔχετε πίστιν | 1 | answering, Jesus says to them | In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) |
| 842 | MRK | 11 | 22 | x8k7 | figs-abstractnouns | ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 843 | MRK | 11 | 23 | sy61 | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | Jesus uses the phrase **Truly I say to you** to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” | |
| 844 | MRK | 11 | 23 | mred | figs-hyperbole | ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples the point that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “for example, that whoever might ask God and say, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 845 | MRK | 11 | 23 | a01g | figs-metaphor | ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | Here, Jesus uses **mountain** figuratively to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If your readers would not understand Jesus’ figurative use of **mountain** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 846 | MRK | 11 | 23 | dwsf | figs-imperative | ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) | |
| 847 | MRK | 11 | 23 | c3cj | figs-extrainfo | ὄρει τούτῳ | 1 | whoever might say | Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) |
| 848 | MRK | 11 | 23 | k3z4 | figs-activepassive | ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast* are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one doing it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 849 | MRK | 11 | 23 | y76p | figs-metonymy | μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ | 1 | may not doubt in his heart, but may believe | In the expression **doubt in his heart** the word **heart** figuratively represents a person’s mind or inner being. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt but believes” or “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 850 | MRK | 11 | 23 | doeg | figs-doublenegatives | μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ | 1 | The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 851 | MRK | 11 | 23 | fzp5 | ἔσται αὐτῷ | 1 | it will be for him | Alternate translation: “God will make it happen” | |
| 852 | MRK | 11 | 24 | pn9x | διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Because of this, I say to you | Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you” | |
| 853 | MRK | 11 | 24 | c61c | figs-yousingular | ὑμῖν…προσεύχεσθε…ἐλάβετε…ὑμῖν | 1 | In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 854 | MRK | 11 | 24 | abke | figs-yousingular | πιστεύετε | 1 | In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 855 | MRK | 11 | 24 | tu5z | figs-explicit | ἔσται ὑμῖν | 1 | it will be yours | In the phrase **it will be to you** the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 856 | MRK | 11 | 25 | m2aw | figs-yousingular | στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν | 1 | In this verse every occurrence of the word **you** and **your** is plural and applies to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 857 | MRK | 11 | 25 | m7xi | figs-explicitinfo | ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι | 1 | when you stand praying | It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If this would be misunderstood in your culture you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) |
| 858 | MRK | 11 | 25 | ttxg | figs-yousingular | ἀφίετε | 1 | In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 859 | MRK | 11 | 25 | swa3 | figs-yousingular | ἀφίετε | 1 | In the original language that the author of Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 860 | MRK | 11 | 25 | f6ex | figs-explicit | εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος | 1 | if you have something against anyone | Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** against another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 861 | MRK | 11 | 25 | jjs9 | grammar-connect-logic-goal | ἵνα | 1 | The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive, if you have something against anyone** with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) | |
| 862 | MRK | 11 | 25 | omze | figs-abstractnouns | τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 863 | MRK | 11 | 27 | alh5 | figs-synecdoche | ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ | 1 | as he is walking around in the temple | The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard; he was not walking in the temple since only priests were allowed in inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 864 | MRK | 11 | 28 | se9b | figs-parallelism | ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς? | 1 | By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? | This could mean: (1) both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) these are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 865 | MRK | 11 | 28 | ooxp | figs-abstractnouns | ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 866 | MRK | 11 | 29 | erqp | figs-abstractnouns | ἐξουσίᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 867 | MRK | 11 | 29 | aak2 | ἕνα λόγον | 1 | Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question” | ||
| 868 | MRK | 11 | 30 | vpgv | τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?” | ||
| 869 | MRK | 11 | 30 | jj91 | τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου | 1 | The baptism of John | Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed” | |
| 870 | MRK | 11 | 30 | sh7b | figs-euphemism | ἐξ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | from heaven | In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 871 | MRK | 11 | 30 | i5is | figs-gendernotations | ἀνθρώπων | 1 | from men | Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 872 | MRK | 11 | 30 | fr1b | ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | was it from heaven or from men | Alternate translation: “was it authorized by God or by men” | |
| 873 | MRK | 11 | 30 | mc8n | figs-yousingular | ἀποκρίθητέ μοι | 1 | In the original language that Mark wrote this book in the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 874 | MRK | 11 | 31 | s9vv | grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ | 1 | If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ | The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) |
| 875 | MRK | 11 | 31 | e7j4 | figs-quotesinquotes | ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 876 | MRK | 11 | 31 | nu1m | figs-euphemism | ἐξ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | From heaven | See how you translated the expression **From heaven** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 877 | MRK | 11 | 32 | tczm | grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Here, the Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 878 | MRK | 11 | 32 | aus1 | figs-explicit | ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | But we might say, ‘From men,’ | The phrase **From men** refers to the source of the baptism of John. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘John’s baptism was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 879 | MRK | 11 | 32 | v2gs | figs-gendernotations | ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | From men | See how you translated the phrase **From men** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 880 | MRK | 11 | 32 | b5qb | figs-quotesinquotes | ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | But we might say, ‘From men,’… | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 881 | MRK | 11 | 32 | z93u | figs-ellipsis | ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? | 1 | But we might say, ‘From men,’… | The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what will happen if they say John’s baptism is not from God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 882 | MRK | 11 | 32 | z998 | grammar-connect-time-background | ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν | 1 | They were afraid of the crowd | The author of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) |
| 883 | MRK | 11 | 32 | dqlt | grammar-collectivenouns | ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον | 1 | The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “They were afraid of the group of people gathered there” or “They were afraid of the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 884 | MRK | 11 | 32 | x4bo | grammar-collectivenouns | ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον | 1 | Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 885 | MRK | 11 | 33 | rmbd | grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ | 1 | Here, Mark uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 886 | MRK | 11 | 33 | us4a | figs-ellipsis | οὐκ οἴδαμεν | 1 | We do not know | The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 887 | MRK | 11 | 33 | av5y | grammar-connect-logic-result | οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | With the words **Neither do I say to you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 888 | MRK | 11 | 33 | arpm | figs-abstractnouns | ἐξουσίᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 889 | MRK | 12 | intro | ne55 | 0 | # Mark 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])<br><br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.” | |||
| 890 | MRK | 12 | 1 | w2hb | figs-parables | καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν | 1 | Connecting Statement: | To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) |
| 891 | MRK | 12 | 1 | qa93 | writing-participants | ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν | 1 | Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables | Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character into the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character into a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 892 | MRK | 12 | 1 | l2i2 | translate-unknown | ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς | 1 | leased the vineyard to vine growers | As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 893 | MRK | 12 | 1 | fd71 | γεωργοῖς | 1 | While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers” | ||
| 894 | MRK | 12 | 2 | s83v | figs-explicit | τῷ καιρῷ | 1 | at the season | This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 895 | MRK | 12 | 2 | su2e | γεωργοὺς…γεωργῶν | 1 | See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). | ||
| 896 | MRK | 12 | 2 | oxoo | figs-metaphor | καρπῶν | 1 | The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 897 | MRK | 12 | 3 | c321 | figs-metaphor | ἀπέστειλαν κενόν | 1 | with nothing | Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 898 | MRK | 12 | 4 | jhi3 | καὶ ἠτίμασαν | 1 | Alternate translation: “and humiliated” | ||
| 899 | MRK | 12 | 6 | z5hz | figs-quotesinquotes | λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου | 1 | a beloved son | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 900 | MRK | 12 | 7 | m63e | figs-explicit | ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία | 1 | the heir | It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 901 | MRK | 12 | 7 | kefz | γεωργοὶ | 1 | See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). | ||
| 902 | MRK | 12 | 7 | s5dc | figs-metonymy | ἡ κληρονομία | 1 | the inheritance | By inheritance, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 903 | MRK | 12 | 8 | gx6l | grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ | 1 | having seized him | Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 904 | MRK | 12 | 9 | r4md | figs-rquestion | τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? | 1 | Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? | Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 905 | MRK | 12 | 9 | tlji | γεωργούς | 1 | See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). | ||
| 906 | MRK | 12 | 9 | g4ce | translate-unknown | δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις | 1 | destroy | See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 907 | MRK | 12 | 9 | mc5y | figs-explicit | δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις | 1 | will give the vineyard to others | The word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 908 | MRK | 12 | 10 | v6ta | figs-quotesinquotes | οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας | 1 | General Information: | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the Scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 909 | MRK | 12 | 10 | xj9j | figs-rquestion | οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: | 1 | And have you not read this scripture? | Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 910 | MRK | 12 | 10 | mzr2 | figs-metaphor | λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας | 1 | This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 911 | MRK | 12 | 10 | kv7t | figs-explicit | λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες | 1 | The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 912 | MRK | 12 | 10 | l5ma | figs-idiom | κεφαλὴν γωνίας | 1 | The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 913 | MRK | 12 | 11 | r8z8 | figs-quotesinquotes | παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν | 1 | This came from the Lord | This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
| 914 | MRK | 12 | 11 | k5w6 | figs-metonymy | ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν | 1 | it is marvelous in our eyes | **in our eyes** is a figurative way of referring to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking” about or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 915 | MRK | 12 | 12 | b1vz | writing-pronouns | ἐζήτουν | 1 | they were seeking to seize him | Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 916 | MRK | 12 | 12 | lx62 | grammar-connect-time-background | καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον | 1 | but they feared the crowd | Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd they did not” or “but they did not because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) |
| 917 | MRK | 12 | 12 | v9wb | figs-infostructure | καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον | 1 | against them | If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) |
| 918 | MRK | 12 | 12 | v5wv | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον | 1 | Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 919 | MRK | 12 | 13 | z2sf | writing-pronouns | καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν | 1 | And they send | Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would help your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 920 | MRK | 12 | 13 | pj3c | figs-explicit | τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν | 1 | the Herodians | **the Herodians** supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 921 | MRK | 12 | 13 | kuy5 | figs-metaphor | ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν | 1 | in order to trap him | Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be trapped in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 922 | MRK | 12 | 13 | s1hb | figs-metonymy | λόγῳ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Here, Mark uses the term **word** figuratively to mean something Jesus might say by using words. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in something he might say” or “with something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 923 | MRK | 12 | 14 | dh3d | figs-synecdoche | λέγουσιν | 1 | they say | Mark could mean that one person spoke to Jesus on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 924 | MRK | 12 | 14 | xhl6 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 925 | MRK | 12 | 14 | awv5 | figs-exclusive | οἴδαμεν | 1 | The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 926 | MRK | 12 | 14 | cp3x | οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός | 1 | it is not a concern to you about anyone | Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor but rather fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion” | |
| 927 | MRK | 12 | 14 | xptc | figs-idiom | οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων | 1 | it is not a concern to you about anyone | The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means to not give attention to people’s outward appearances. Outward appearance in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high religious position. This phrase taken as a whole here means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 928 | MRK | 12 | 14 | qvpo | figs-metonymy | πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων | 1 | The Jewish leaders are using the term **face** figuratively to mean “external status and position.” Alternate translation: “the status and position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 929 | MRK | 12 | 14 | brm3 | figs-gendernotations | ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Although the term **men** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 930 | MRK | 12 | 14 | yfnc | figs-metaphor | ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 931 | MRK | 12 | 14 | ap2q | figs-abstractnouns | ἐπ’ ἀληθείας | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully”, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 932 | MRK | 12 | 14 | k0tw | figs-explicit | ἔξεστιν | 1 | The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 933 | MRK | 12 | 14 | gtsk | figs-metonymy | Καίσαρι | 1 | The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 934 | MRK | 12 | 15 | g48w | figs-abstractnouns | ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν | 1 | he, knowing their hypocrisy | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 935 | MRK | 12 | 15 | c7nj | figs-rquestion | τί με πειράζετε | 1 | Why do you test me? | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 936 | MRK | 12 | 15 | wl34 | translate-bmoney | δηνάριον | 1 | a denarius | A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 937 | MRK | 12 | 16 | ev6s | οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν | 1 | And they brought one | Alternate translation: “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius” | |
| 938 | MRK | 12 | 16 | gi96 | figs-explicit | Καίσαρος | 1 | they said to him, “Caesar’s.” | Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 939 | MRK | 12 | 17 | fl4l | figs-metonymy | τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι | 1 | The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar | See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 940 | MRK | 12 | 17 | la16 | figs-ellipsis | καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | and the things of God, to God | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 941 | MRK | 12 | 18 | edcn | writing-background | οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι | 1 | Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who are a sect who deny the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 942 | MRK | 12 | 18 | y8yo | writing-participants | καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι | 1 | Mark uses the statement **Sadducees … come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is not resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 943 | MRK | 12 | 18 | ss09 | figs-distinguish | Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι | 1 | This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 944 | MRK | 12 | 18 | rdl7 | figs-explicit | οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι | 1 | who say there is no resurrection | The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 945 | MRK | 12 | 18 | ax25 | figs-synecdoche | λέγοντες | 1 | Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 946 | MRK | 12 | 19 | w3ev | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 947 | MRK | 12 | 19 | e8x2 | figs-metonymy | Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ | 1 | Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die | These Sadducees are figuratively describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he wrote it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 948 | MRK | 12 | 19 | m8fh | figs-exclusive | ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν | 1 | wrote to us | Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 949 | MRK | 12 | 19 | kgws | figs-hypo | ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον | 1 | Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) | |
| 950 | MRK | 12 | 19 | g49e | ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα | 1 | his brother should take the wife | Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow” or “that the man should marry his brother’s wife” | |
| 951 | MRK | 12 | 19 | m2um | figs-metaphor | καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ | 1 | should raise up offspring to his brother | The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her dead husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her dead husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 952 | MRK | 12 | 19 | r0tg | figs-metaphor | σπέρμα | 1 | The term **seed** figuratively means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 953 | MRK | 12 | 20 | wz27 | figs-hypo | ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνῄσκων, οὐκ ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα | 1 | There were seven brothers | While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) |
| 954 | MRK | 12 | 20 | pj71 | figs-nominaladj | ὁ πρῶτος | 1 | the first | Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 955 | MRK | 12 | 20 | pj2g | translate-ordinal | ὁ πρῶτος | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 956 | MRK | 12 | 20 | af1t | figs-metaphor | σπέρμα | 1 | the first took a wife | See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 957 | MRK | 12 | 21 | uef6 | figs-hypo | καὶ | 1 | The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) | |
| 958 | MRK | 12 | 21 | d61g | figs-nominaladj | ὁ δεύτερος | 1 | the second … the third | Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 959 | MRK | 12 | 21 | na6s | translate-ordinal | ὁ δεύτερος | 1 | the second took her | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 960 | MRK | 12 | 21 | cgzm | figs-metaphor | σπέρμα | 1 | See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 961 | MRK | 12 | 21 | tbzw | figs-explicit | καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως | 1 | The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the third brother married this widow, but also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 962 | MRK | 12 | 21 | l1ds | figs-nominaladj | ὁ τρίτος | 1 | the third likewise | Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 963 | MRK | 12 | 21 | hx1q | translate-ordinal | ὁ τρίτος | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 964 | MRK | 12 | 22 | wjq8 | figs-ellipsis | οἱ ἑπτὰ | 1 | the seven | The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 965 | MRK | 12 | 22 | l3dg | figs-metaphor | σπέρμα | 1 | the seven did not leave offspring | See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 966 | MRK | 12 | 23 | w4wu | ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει | 1 | In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife? | The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead” | |
| 967 | MRK | 12 | 23 | c4p5 | figs-ellipsis | οἱ…ἑπτὰ | 1 | The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 968 | MRK | 12 | 24 | zp2p | figs-rquestion | οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? | 1 | Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God? | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 969 | MRK | 12 | 24 | sie3 | figs-activepassive | οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken because you do not know the scriptures or God’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 970 | MRK | 12 | 24 | i8il | τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the power of God | Alternate translation: “how powerful God is” | |
| 971 | MRK | 12 | 25 | nvh6 | writing-pronouns | ὅταν γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται | 1 | For when they may rise | Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would help your readers, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” or “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 972 | MRK | 12 | 25 | ox82 | figs-nominaladj | νεκρῶν | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 973 | MRK | 12 | 25 | y8vz | figs-activepassive | οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται | 1 | they may rise | If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 974 | MRK | 12 | 25 | ensg | figs-idiom | οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται | 1 | In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “they do not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 975 | MRK | 12 | 25 | asw4 | figs-explicit | ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not marry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 976 | MRK | 12 | 25 | pi8l | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλ’ | 1 | the heavens | What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they mistakenly thought that men and women being raised from the dead automatically meant that their existence would follow the same pattern or order of things as their former lives did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 977 | MRK | 12 | 26 | mffe | figs-nominaladj | τῶν νεκρῶν | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the phrase **the dead** in [12:25](../12/25.md). Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 978 | MRK | 12 | 26 | z36n | figs-activepassive | τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται | 1 | that are raised | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the matter of God bringing back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 979 | MRK | 12 | 26 | eod4 | figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως | 1 | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis in order to rebuke the Sadducees for not correctly understanding the scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have surely read in the book of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 980 | MRK | 12 | 26 | jc5a | figs-possession | τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως | 1 | the book of Moses | Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned this book. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) |
| 981 | MRK | 12 | 26 | w2lj | figs-explicit | ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου | 1 | the bush | Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 982 | MRK | 12 | 26 | si2b | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου | 1 | the bush | Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 983 | MRK | 12 | 26 | y35v | figs-verbs | λέγων | 1 | how God spoke to him | In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) |
| 984 | MRK | 12 | 26 | re82 | figs-explicit | ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ | 1 | I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob | The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 985 | MRK | 12 | 27 | dgc9 | figs-nominaladj | νεκρῶν | 1 | the God of the dead, but of the living | Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 986 | MRK | 12 | 27 | xxzs | figs-nominaladj | ζώντων | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 987 | MRK | 12 | 27 | v7ui | figs-activepassive | πολὺ πλανᾶσθε | 1 | the God of the dead, but of the living | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 988 | MRK | 12 | 28 | zqy4 | writing-participants | καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέων | 1 | Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the Law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 989 | MRK | 12 | 28 | b3yh | figs-metonymy | ἰδὼν | 1 | Here, Mark is using the word **seen** figuratively to mean “understood” or “knew.” He is figuratively describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with eyes. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 990 | MRK | 12 | 28 | q1u5 | figs-metaphor | ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων | 1 | he asked him | Here, the scribe is using the word **first** figuratively to represent to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 991 | MRK | 12 | 28 | kftz | translate-ordinal | ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 992 | MRK | 12 | 29 | ztyh | figs-metaphor | πρώτη | 1 | Here, Jesus continues the figurative use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 993 | MRK | 12 | 29 | euim | figs-ellipsis | πρώτη | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The first commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 994 | MRK | 12 | 29 | n74y | figs-nominaladj | πρώτη | 1 | The first is | If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 995 | MRK | 12 | 29 | mq92 | figs-personification | Ἰσραήλ | 1 | Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one | Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring figuratively to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “O Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 996 | MRK | 12 | 29 | mmtb | Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν | 1 | **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s god for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only god they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special” | ||
| 997 | MRK | 12 | 30 | thj7 | figs-declarative | ἀγαπήσεις | 1 | Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) | |
| 998 | MRK | 12 | 30 | xjng | figs-merism | ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου | 1 | from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength | Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring figuratively to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 999 | MRK | 12 | 30 | q49v | figs-metaphor | ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου | 1 | from your whole heart, and from your whole soul | Here, the term **heart** figuratively represents a person’s mind and specifically the mind as the center and source of persons thinking and will. Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1000 | MRK | 12 | 30 | m8hi | ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ | 1 | Alternate translation: “with” | ||
| 1001 | MRK | 12 | 30 | x3n5 | figs-abstractnoun | ψυχῆς | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1002 | MRK | 12 | 30 | ln0t | figs-abstractnoun | διανοίας | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mind**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1003 | MRK | 12 | 30 | mii2 | figs-abstractnoun | ἰσχύος | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strength**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1004 | MRK | 12 | 31 | eu8b | figs-ellipsis | δευτέρα αὕτη | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The second commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1005 | MRK | 12 | 31 | fz8g | figs-metaphor | δευτέρα | 1 | Here, Jesus is using the word **second** figuratively to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1006 | MRK | 12 | 31 | oegh | translate-ordinal | δευτέρα | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **second**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 1007 | MRK | 12 | 31 | np4y | figs-ellipsis | ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You will love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1008 | MRK | 12 | 31 | tp6p | figs-declarative | ἀγαπήσεις | 1 | You will love your neighbor as yourself | Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) |
| 1009 | MRK | 12 | 31 | pyc1 | figs-explicit | τούτων | 1 | than these | Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1010 | MRK | 12 | 32 | uhgy | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 1011 | MRK | 12 | 32 | qqm4 | figs-abstractnouns | ἀληθείας | 1 | Good, Teacher | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1012 | MRK | 12 | 32 | awe3 | εἷς ἐστιν | 1 | he is one | See how you translated the phrase **is one** in [12:29](../12/29.md). | |
| 1013 | MRK | 12 | 32 | as2j | figs-ellipsis | οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος | 1 | that there is no other | The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.. Alternate translation: “that there is no other god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1014 | MRK | 12 | 33 | v8yn | figs-metaphor | καρδίας | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **whole heart** in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1015 | MRK | 12 | 33 | xnq9 | figs-abstractnouns | συνέσεως | 1 | from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1016 | MRK | 12 | 33 | k42a | figs-abstractnouns | ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος | 1 | from your whole heart | See how you translated the phrase **whole strength** in [12:30](../12/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 1017 | MRK | 12 | 33 | ekfy | figs-ellipsis | τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν | 1 | The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1018 | MRK | 12 | 33 | ll9t | περισσότερόν ἐστιν | 1 | is even more than | Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is greater than” | |
| 1019 | MRK | 12 | 34 | hkf7 | figs-metonymy | ἰδὼν αὐτὸν | 1 | See how you translated the use of the word **seen** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same figurative meaning. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1020 | MRK | 12 | 34 | b144 | οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | You are not far from the kingdom of God | If it would help your readers you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” | |
| 1021 | MRK | 12 | 34 | is4c | figs-metaphor | οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | You are not far from the kingdom of God | Here, Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1022 | MRK | 12 | 34 | lfti | figs-abstractnouns | Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1023 | MRK | 12 | 34 | rgh8 | figs-doublenegatives | οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα | 1 | no one any longer was daring | If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1024 | MRK | 12 | 35 | ptc8 | figs-synecdoche | ἱερῷ | 1 | answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said | See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1025 | MRK | 12 | 35 | q6e4 | figs-rquestion | πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? | 1 | How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? | This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1026 | MRK | 12 | 35 | i6a4 | figs-metaphor | υἱὸς Δαυείδ | 1 | the son of David | Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1027 | MRK | 12 | 36 | e1zq | figs-rpronouns | αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ | 1 | David himself | Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 1028 | MRK | 12 | 36 | jlbd | figs-quotesinquotes | εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1029 | MRK | 12 | 36 | ejy2 | ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ | 1 | in the Holy Spirit | Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit” | |
| 1030 | MRK | 12 | 36 | dv7b | figs-euphemism | εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου | 1 | said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord | Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” The ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 1031 | MRK | 12 | 36 | v53p | translate-symaction | κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου | 1 | Sit at my right hand | The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 1032 | MRK | 12 | 36 | k2j1 | figs-nominaladj | κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου | 1 | In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1033 | MRK | 12 | 36 | rfy9 | translate-symaction | ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου | 1 | To place an enemy under one’s feet is symbolic for conquering an enemy and making them submit and so here it means that Yahweh would make His enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1034 | MRK | 12 | 37 | j7wn | figs-quotesinquotes | αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1035 | MRK | 12 | 37 | ka5u | figs-explicit | λέγει αὐτὸν | 1 | calls him ‘Lord,’ | Here, the word **him** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1036 | MRK | 12 | 37 | ssq3 | figs-rpronouns | αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ | 1 | See how you translated the word **himself** in [12:36](../12/36.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person” or “David, whom we all respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) | |
| 1037 | MRK | 12 | 37 | qpdy | figs-explicit | αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον | 1 | In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1038 | MRK | 12 | 37 | rh2t | figs-rquestion | καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? | 1 | and how is he his son? | Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1039 | MRK | 12 | 37 | qucc | grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ | 1 | Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1040 | MRK | 12 | 37 | tjp6 | figs-metaphor | υἱός | 1 | Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1041 | MRK | 12 | 38 | bh8w | grammar-connect-time-sequential | καὶ | 1 | Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 1042 | MRK | 12 | 38 | rwxq | figs-yousingular | βλέπετε | 1 | In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 1043 | MRK | 12 | 38 | yhfv | figs-metonymy | βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων | 1 | Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1044 | MRK | 12 | 38 | nxy9 | translate-symaction | τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν | 1 | In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a **long robe** was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1045 | MRK | 12 | 38 | mu5a | figs-explicit | ἀσπασμοὺς | 1 | The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings**, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “desire respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1046 | MRK | 12 | 39 | mwmf | figs-metaphor | πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας | 1 | Both uses of the word **first** here figuratively mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1047 | MRK | 12 | 40 | jtw4 | figs-metonymy | οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν | 1 | They devour the houses of the widows | Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1048 | MRK | 12 | 40 | j27b | figs-metaphor | οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν | 1 | the houses of the widows | Jesus says figuratively that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1049 | MRK | 12 | 40 | r3ht | καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι | 1 | Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers” | ||
| 1050 | MRK | 12 | 40 | qm52 | figs-metonymy | οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα | 1 | These will receive greater condemnation | Jesus is using the word **condemnation** figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1051 | MRK | 12 | 40 | h36x | figs-explicit | οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα | 1 | will receive greater condemnation | The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1052 | MRK | 12 | 41 | r69x | writing-background | καὶ | 1 | Connecting Statement: | Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1053 | MRK | 12 | 41 | nohd | writing-newevent | καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά | 1 | This background information that Mark provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crown put money into the offering box and noticed that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 1054 | MRK | 12 | 41 | p2kp | figs-metonymy | τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον | 1 | the temple offering box | Mark is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the treasury. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1055 | MRK | 12 | 41 | w4xc | grammar-collectivenouns | ὁ ὄχλος | 1 | The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 1056 | MRK | 12 | 41 | jgkw | figs-nominaladj | πλούσιοι | 1 | Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1057 | MRK | 12 | 41 | rl1l | figs-ellipsis | πολλά | 1 | Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1058 | MRK | 12 | 42 | g6ry | translate-bmoney | λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης | 1 | two mites | The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews which was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 1059 | MRK | 12 | 42 | n29e | translate-bmoney | ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης | 1 | are a quadrans | A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 1060 | MRK | 12 | 43 | ipl1 | translate-versebridge | 0 | General Information: | In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) | |
| 1061 | MRK | 12 | 43 | q124 | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “I can assure you” | |
| 1062 | MRK | 12 | 43 | ih0m | figs-metaphor | ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ | 1 | Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1063 | MRK | 12 | 43 | n8z5 | figs-explicit | πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων | 1 | all of those putting into | In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1064 | MRK | 12 | 43 | n7su | γαζοφυλάκιον | 1 | having called | See how you translated this term in [12:41](../12/41.md). | |
| 1065 | MRK | 12 | 44 | c7jj | grammar-connect-logic-result | γὰρ | 1 | Here, the word **For** introduces the reason for what Jesus said in [12:43](../12/43.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1066 | MRK | 12 | 44 | ihuq | ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον | 1 | Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it” | ||
| 1067 | MRK | 12 | 44 | ui9a | αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς | 1 | abundance | Alternate translation: “but she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on” | |
| 1068 | MRK | 12 | 44 | l4tp | τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς | 1 | her poverty | Alternate translation: “her lack” or “the little she had” | |
| 1069 | MRK | 12 | 44 | p3as | τὸν βίον αὐτῆς | 1 | of her livelihood | Alternate translation: “she had to survive on” | |
| 1070 | MRK | 13 | intro | ti7d | 0 | # Mark 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time. | |||
| 1071 | MRK | 13 | 1 | rrv1 | Διδάσκαλε | 1 | General Information: | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | |
| 1072 | MRK | 13 | 1 | ql81 | figs-explicit | ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί | 1 | What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings | Here, **stones** refers to the very large stones which the temple walls were built with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How wonderful these huge blocks of stones are and how wonderful these buildings are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1073 | MRK | 13 | 2 | rez6 | figs-rquestion | βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς | 1 | Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to draw attention to the buildings and emphasize what he is about to say. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1074 | MRK | 13 | 2 | xdhj | figs-activepassive | οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ | 1 | Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1075 | MRK | 13 | 3 | izt8 | writing-pronouns | καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν κατ’ ἰδίαν Πέτρος, καὶ Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀνδρέας | 1 | And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter | Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew were asking him by privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 1076 | MRK | 13 | 3 | u7ju | κατ’ ἰδίαν | 1 | by himself | Alternate translation: “when they were alone” or “privately” | |
| 1077 | MRK | 13 | 4 | uf37 | figs-explicit | πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα | 1 | when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled | Both occurrences of the phrase **these things** refer to what Jesus said in [13:2](../13/02.md). If it would help your readers you could say explicitly what the phrase **these things** refers to as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1078 | MRK | 13 | 4 | lw1n | figs-activepassive | ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα | 1 | when all these things | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will fulfill all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1079 | MRK | 13 | 5 | fe42 | writing-pronouns | λέγειν αὐτοῖς | 1 | to say to them | The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would help your readers you can clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) |
| 1080 | MRK | 13 | 6 | z63u | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου | 1 | in my name | Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1081 | MRK | 13 | 5 | rm66 | figs-yousingular | βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ | 1 | In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 1082 | MRK | 13 | 6 | cee7 | figs-quotesinquotes | πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1083 | MRK | 13 | 6 | pbz4 | figs-explicit | πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς | 1 | Here, both uses of the word **many** refer to many people. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1084 | MRK | 13 | 6 | wv12 | figs-explicit | ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | they will lead many astray | The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1085 | MRK | 13 | 7 | fl5h | ἀκοὰς πολέμων | 1 | you may hear of wars and rumors of wars | The phrase “rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that might happen at a future time. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars far away” | |
| 1086 | MRK | 13 | 7 | d1k9 | figs-ellipsis | ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος | 1 | but the end is not yet | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1087 | MRK | 13 | 7 | mi4d | figs-explicit | τὸ τέλος | 1 | the end | Here, **the end** implicitly means the end of the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1088 | MRK | 13 | 8 | xln4 | figs-idiom | ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ | 1 | will rise against | This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1089 | MRK | 13 | 8 | e2ln | figs-ellipsis | βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν | 1 | kingdom against kingdom | The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1090 | MRK | 13 | 8 | dz8g | figs-metaphor | ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα | 1 | These are the beginnings of birth pains | Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1091 | MRK | 13 | 9 | c2cl | βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς | 1 | But you, watch yourselves | “But be ready for what people will do to you” | |
| 1092 | MRK | 13 | 9 | xsy1 | παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια | 1 | They will deliver you to councils | “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” | |
| 1093 | MRK | 13 | 9 | zdp8 | figs-activepassive | δαρήσεσθε | 1 | you will be beaten | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1094 | MRK | 13 | 9 | gbb4 | figs-idiom | ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε | 1 | you will be made to stand before | This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1095 | MRK | 13 | 9 | y6p6 | figs-explicit | εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς | 1 | for a testimony to them | This means the disciples will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and will testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1096 | MRK | 13 | 10 | ruk9 | figs-explicit | καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον | 1 | But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations | Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1097 | MRK | 13 | 11 | uy91 | figs-idiom | παραδιδόντες | 1 | handing you over | Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1098 | MRK | 13 | 11 | a9b6 | figs-ellipsis | ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον | 1 | but the Holy Spirit | The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1099 | MRK | 13 | 12 | py9u | παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον | 1 | brother will deliver brother to death | “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. | |
| 1100 | MRK | 13 | 12 | g3jv | figs-gendernotations | ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν | 1 | brother … brother | These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 1101 | MRK | 13 | 12 | b9ux | figs-ellipsis | πατὴρ τέκνον | 1 | a father, his child | The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1102 | MRK | 13 | 12 | d0t9 | figs-idiom | πατὴρ τέκνον | 1 | a father, his child | This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1103 | MRK | 13 | 12 | r66s | figs-idiom | ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς | 1 | children will rise up against parents | This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1104 | MRK | 13 | 12 | si65 | figs-activepassive | θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς | 1 | put them to death | This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1105 | MRK | 13 | 13 | pk3g | figs-activepassive | ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων | 1 | you will be hated by everyone | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1106 | MRK | 13 | 13 | jhp6 | figs-metonymy | διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | because of my name | Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1107 | MRK | 13 | 13 | w28q | figs-activepassive | ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται | 1 | the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1108 | MRK | 13 | 13 | c33n | figs-explicit | ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος | 1 | the one who endures to the end | Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1109 | MRK | 13 | 13 | vcz4 | εἰς τέλος | 1 | to the end | This could refer to: (1) the end of his life. (2) the end of that time of trouble. | |
| 1110 | MRK | 13 | 14 | d4nw | figs-metaphor | τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως | 1 | the abomination of desolation | This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1111 | MRK | 13 | 14 | vx3c | figs-explicit | ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ | 1 | standing where it should not be | Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1112 | MRK | 13 | 14 | ck7a | figs-explicit | ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω | 1 | let the reader understand | This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1113 | MRK | 13 | 15 | m1hq | ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος | 1 | on the housetop | Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat, and people could stand on them. | |
| 1114 | MRK | 13 | 16 | y1e9 | figs-ellipsis | ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω | 1 | let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind | This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the one who is in the field should not return to his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1115 | MRK | 13 | 17 | bi8n | figs-euphemism | ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις | 1 | to those having in the womb | This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 1116 | MRK | 13 | 18 | w47v | προσεύχεσθε…ἵνα | 1 | pray that | “pray that these times” or “pray that these things” | |
| 1117 | MRK | 13 | 18 | w91r | χειμῶνος | 1 | in winter | “in the cold season” or “in the cold, rainy season.” This refers to the time of year when it is cold and unpleasant and difficult to travel. | |
| 1118 | MRK | 13 | 19 | e98e | οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη | 1 | such as these have not happened | “there has never been a worse time.” This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be. | |
| 1119 | MRK | 13 | 19 | c5sz | οὐ μὴ γένηται | 1 | may certainly not happen | “there will never be days like these again” or “after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it” | |
| 1120 | MRK | 13 | 20 | y7g6 | figs-explicit | μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…τὰς ἡμέρας | 1 | did not cut short the days | “did not shorten the time.” It may be helpful to specify which **days** are referred to. Alternate translation: “had not reduced the days of suffering” or “had not shortened the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1121 | MRK | 13 | 20 | kda6 | figs-synecdoche | οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ | 1 | no flesh would be saved | The word **flesh** refers to people, and **saved** refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “everyone would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1122 | MRK | 13 | 20 | q8hm | διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς | 1 | for the sake of the elect | “in order to help the elect” | |
| 1123 | MRK | 13 | 20 | er43 | figs-doublet | τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο | 1 | the elect whom he chose | The phrase **whom he chose** means the same thing as **the elect**. Together, they emphasize that God chose these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 1124 | MRK | 13 | 21 | d9gr | translate-versebridge | 0 | General Information: | In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in 22 he tells the reason for the command. This can be reordered with the reason first, and the command second, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) | |
| 1125 | MRK | 13 | 22 | n81i | ψευδόχριστοι | 1 | false Christs | “people who claim they are Christ” | |
| 1126 | MRK | 13 | 22 | yw81 | πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν | 1 | to deceive | “in order to deceive” or “hoping to deceive” or “trying to deceive” | |
| 1127 | MRK | 13 | 22 | j198 | figs-ellipsis | πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς | 1 | to deceive, if possible, even the elect | The phrase **even the elect** implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: “in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1128 | MRK | 13 | 23 | jq8p | ὑμεῖς δὲ βλέπετε | 1 | But you, watch out | “Be watchful” or “Be alert” | |
| 1129 | MRK | 13 | 23 | va6h | figs-explicit | προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα | 1 | I have told you everything beforehand | Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1130 | MRK | 13 | 24 | zy2f | figs-activepassive | ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται | 1 | the sun will be darkened | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1131 | MRK | 13 | 24 | a3qv | figs-personification | ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς | 1 | the moon will not give its light | Here the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 1132 | MRK | 13 | 25 | z1sh | figs-explicit | οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες | 1 | the stars will be falling from the sky | This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1133 | MRK | 13 | 25 | au6l | figs-activepassive | αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται | 1 | the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1134 | MRK | 13 | 25 | hge7 | αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | the powers that are in the heavens | “the powerful things in the heavens.” This could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, and stars. (2) powerful spiritual beings. | |
| 1135 | MRK | 13 | 25 | h5k1 | ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | in the heavens | “in the sky” | |
| 1136 | MRK | 13 | 26 | kl95 | τότε ὄψονται | 1 | then they will see | “then people will see” | |
| 1137 | MRK | 13 | 26 | h4z1 | μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης | 1 | with great power and glory | “powerfully and gloriously” | |
| 1138 | MRK | 13 | 27 | a1z2 | figs-metonymy | ἐπισυνάξει | 1 | he will gather together | The word **he** refers to God and is a metonym for his angels, as they are the ones who **will gather** the elect. Alternate translation: “they will gather” or “his angels will gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1139 | MRK | 13 | 27 | vpb6 | figs-metaphor | τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων | 1 | the four winds | The whole earth is spoken of as **the four winds**, which refer to the four directions: north, south, east, and west. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” or “all parts of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1140 | MRK | 13 | 27 | u1vp | figs-merism | ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ | 1 | from the end of the earth to the end of the sky | These two extremes are given to emphasize that the elect will be gathered from the entire earth. Alternate translation: “from every place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 1141 | MRK | 13 | 28 | c99s | figs-parables | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus gives two short parables here to remind people to be aware when the things that he has been explaining happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 1142 | MRK | 13 | 28 | u8ha | ἁπαλὸς | 1 | tender | “green and soft” | |
| 1143 | MRK | 13 | 28 | q6yc | figs-personification | ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα | 1 | may put out its leaves | Here the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its **leaves** to grow. Alternate translation: “its leaves begin to sprout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 1144 | MRK | 13 | 28 | z417 | τὸ θέρος | 1 | summer | the warm part of the year or the growing season | |
| 1145 | MRK | 13 | 29 | q53b | figs-explicit | ταῦτα | 1 | these things | This refers to the days of tribulation. Alternate translation: “these things I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1146 | MRK | 13 | 29 | aul8 | ἐγγύς ἐστιν | 1 | he is near | “the Son of Man is near” | |
| 1147 | MRK | 13 | 29 | z2pf | figs-idiom | ἐπὶ θύραις | 1 | at the doors | This idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1148 | MRK | 13 | 30 | tg35 | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 1149 | MRK | 13 | 30 | h72r | figs-euphemism | οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ | 1 | will certainly not pass away | This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: “will not die” or “will not end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 1150 | MRK | 13 | 30 | t66q | μέχρις οὗ ταῦτα πάντα | 1 | until all these things | The phrase **these things** refers to the days of tribulation. | |
| 1151 | MRK | 13 | 31 | k4zb | figs-merism | ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ | 1 | Heaven and earth | The two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: “The sky, the earth, and everything in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 1152 | MRK | 13 | 31 | bjr8 | παρελεύσονται | 1 | will pass away | “will cease to exist.” Here this phrase refers to the world ending. | |
| 1153 | MRK | 13 | 31 | ah6w | figs-metaphor | οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται | 1 | my words will certainly not pass away | Jesus speaks of **words** not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: “my words will never lose their power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1154 | MRK | 13 | 32 | km5z | figs-explicit | τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας | 1 | that day or that hour | This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: “that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return” or “the day or the hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1155 | MRK | 13 | 32 | btq5 | figs-ellipsis | οὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ | 1 | no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, except the Father | These words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from **the Father**, who does know. Alternate translation: “no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father” or “neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1156 | MRK | 13 | 32 | z3q9 | οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ | 1 | the angels in heaven | Here, **heaven** refers to the place where God lives. | |
| 1157 | MRK | 13 | 32 | gwh2 | figs-ellipsis | εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ | 1 | except the Father | It is best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language naturally uses to refer to a human father. Also, this is an ellipsis, stating that the Father knows when the Son will return. Alternate translation: “but only the Father knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1158 | MRK | 13 | 33 | i43k | figs-explicit | πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν | 1 | what time it is | You can state this clearly what **time** refers to here. Alternate translation: “when all these events will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1159 | MRK | 13 | 35 | z7wi | ἢ ὀψὲ | 1 | whether evening | “he could return in the evening” | |
| 1160 | MRK | 13 | 35 | s8j9 | ἀλεκτοροφωνίας | 1 | when the rooster crows | The **rooster** is a bird that **crows** very early in the morning by making a loud call. | |
| 1161 | MRK | 13 | 36 | mh8t | figs-metaphor | εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας | 1 | he might find you sleeping | Here Jesus speaks of not being ready as **sleeping**. Alternate translation: “find you not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1162 | MRK | 14 | intro | uk36 | 0 | # Mark 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |||
| 1163 | MRK | 14 | 1 | hwb4 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Just two days before the Passover, the chief priests and scribes are secretly plotting to kill Jesus. | ||
| 1164 | MRK | 14 | 1 | gd33 | ἐν δόλῳ | 1 | by stealth | without people noticing | |
| 1165 | MRK | 14 | 2 | em4q | ἔλεγον γάρ | 1 | For they were saying | The word **they** refers to the chief priests and the scribes. | |
| 1166 | MRK | 14 | 2 | fk19 | figs-ellipsis | μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ | 1 | Not during the festival | This refers to them not arresting Jesus during the Passover **festival**. Alternate translation: “We must not do it during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1167 | MRK | 14 | 3 | m95w | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Though some were angry that the oil was used to anoint Jesus, Jesus says that the woman has anointed his body for burial before he will die. | ||
| 1168 | MRK | 14 | 3 | bf84 | translate-names | Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ | 1 | of Simon the leper | This man previously had leprosy but was no longer ill. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1169 | MRK | 14 | 3 | sh4s | κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ | 1 | as he is reclining at table | In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table. | |
| 1170 | MRK | 14 | 3 | hk2p | translate-unknown | ἀλάβαστρον | 1 | an alabaster jar | This is a **jar** made from **alabaster**. Alabaster was a very expensive yellow-white stone. Alternate translation: “beautiful white stone jar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1171 | MRK | 14 | 3 | fqa9 | translate-unknown | μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς | 1 | of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard | “that contained expensive, fragrant perfume called nard.” Nard was a very expensive, sweet-smelling oil used to make perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 1172 | MRK | 14 | 3 | tk9r | αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς | 1 | his head | “Jesus’ head” | |
| 1173 | MRK | 14 | 4 | v57p | figs-rquestion | εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν? | 1 | For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened? | They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1174 | MRK | 14 | 5 | y113 | figs-activepassive | ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι | 1 | this perfume was able to be sold | Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1175 | MRK | 14 | 5 | t4p8 | translate-bmoney | δηναρίων τριακοσίων | 1 | 300 denarii | Denarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 1176 | MRK | 14 | 5 | ciyl | translate-numbers | δηναρίων τριακοσίων | 1 | 300 denarii | “three hundred denarii.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 1177 | MRK | 14 | 5 | h62k | figs-nominaladj | δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς | 1 | given to the poor | The phrase **the poor** refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 1178 | MRK | 14 | 5 | k83q | figs-ellipsis | δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς | 1 | given to the poor | This refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: “the money given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1179 | MRK | 14 | 6 | r9wt | figs-rquestion | τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε? | 1 | Why are you troubling her? | Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman’s action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1180 | MRK | 14 | 7 | tc3j | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς πτωχοὺς | 1 | the poor | This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 1181 | MRK | 14 | 9 | vr3w | ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | truly I say to you | This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 1182 | MRK | 14 | 9 | ysc5 | figs-activepassive | ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον | 1 | wherever the gospel may be preached | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1183 | MRK | 14 | 9 | ljh1 | figs-activepassive | καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται | 1 | what she has done will also be spoken of | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will speak about what this woman has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1184 | MRK | 14 | 10 | pdm5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | After the woman anoints Jesus with perfume, Judas promises to deliver Jesus to the chief priests. | ||
| 1185 | MRK | 14 | 10 | tq5a | figs-nominaladj | τῶν δώδεκα | 0 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1186 | MRK | 14 | 10 | z71f | figs-explicit | ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς | 1 | so that he might betray him to them | Judas did not deliver Jesus to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1187 | MRK | 14 | 10 | dq6r | αὐτὸν παραδοῖ | 1 | he might betray him | “he would bring Jesus to them so they could capture him” | |
| 1188 | MRK | 14 | 11 | kzk1 | figs-explicit | οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες | 1 | But when they heard it | It may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1189 | MRK | 14 | 12 | bn76 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus sends two of the disciples to prepare the Passover meal. | ||
| 1190 | MRK | 14 | 12 | wpe7 | figs-explicit | ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον | 1 | when they were sacrificing the Passover lamb | At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: “when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1191 | MRK | 14 | 12 | bel5 | figs-metonymy | φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα | 1 | you may eat the Passover | Here the **Passover** refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1192 | MRK | 14 | 13 | a7xg | κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων | 1 | bearing a pitcher of water | “carrying a large jar full of water” | |
| 1193 | MRK | 14 | 14 | i344 | figs-quotations | ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? | 1 | The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” | This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
| 1194 | MRK | 14 | 14 | chb0 | διδάσκαλος | 1 | See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). | ||
| 1195 | MRK | 14 | 14 | q3pn | τὸ κατάλυμά | 1 | guest room | a room for visitors | |
| 1196 | MRK | 14 | 15 | x3zk | figs-explicit | ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν | 1 | make the preparations for us there | They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “prepare the meal for us there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1197 | MRK | 14 | 16 | sb35 | ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ | 1 | the disciples left | “the two disciples left” | |
| 1198 | MRK | 14 | 16 | m339 | καθὼς εἶπεν | 1 | just as he said | “just as Jesus had said” | |
| 1199 | MRK | 14 | 17 | n7z4 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | That evening as Jesus and the disciples eat the Passover meal, Jesus tells them that one of them will betray him. | ||
| 1200 | MRK | 14 | 17 | i1q1 | figs-explicit | ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | he came with the Twelve | It may be helpful to state where they came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1201 | MRK | 14 | 17 | bheu | figs-nominaladj | τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1202 | MRK | 14 | 18 | cwl8 | ἀνακειμένων αὐτῶν | 1 | as they were reclining at table | In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table. | |
| 1203 | MRK | 14 | 18 | dg95 | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 1204 | MRK | 14 | 19 | v3a1 | εἷς κατὰ εἷς | 1 | one by one | This means that “one at a time” each disciple asked him. | |
| 1205 | MRK | 14 | 19 | f13p | figs-rquestion | μήτι ἐγώ? | 1 | Surely not I? | This could be: (1) a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no. (2) a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1206 | MRK | 14 | 20 | b25j | εἷς τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | It is one of the Twelve | “He is one of the twelve of you” | |
| 1207 | MRK | 14 | 20 | n1tv | figs-nominaladj | τῶν δώδεκα | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1208 | MRK | 14 | 20 | htn4 | ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον | 1 | who is dipping with me into the bowl | In Jesus’ culture, people would often eat bread, **dipping** it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs. | |
| 1209 | MRK | 14 | 21 | q5l3 | ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him | Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say” | |
| 1210 | MRK | 14 | 21 | ct78 | figs-explicit | δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται | 1 | through whom the Son of Man is being betrayed | You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1211 | MRK | 14 | 22 | y8j7 | ἄρτον | 1 | bread | This was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread**, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal. | |
| 1212 | MRK | 14 | 22 | ula2 | figs-explicit | ἔκλασεν | 1 | he broke it | This means that he **broke** the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1213 | MRK | 14 | 22 | adb2 | writing-symlanguage | λάβετε, τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου | 1 | Take this. This is my body | “Take this bread. It is my body.” Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ **body** and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) |
| 1214 | MRK | 14 | 23 | u6rc | figs-synecdoche | λαβὼν ποτήριον | 1 | having taken a cup | Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1215 | MRK | 14 | 24 | q5hn | figs-explicit | τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν | 1 | This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many | The **covenant** is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1216 | MRK | 14 | 24 | hs24 | writing-symlanguage | τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου | 1 | This is my blood | “This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ **blood** and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) |
| 1217 | MRK | 14 | 25 | i9yk | ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly I say to you | This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 1218 | MRK | 14 | 25 | t7ai | ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου | 1 | from the fruit of the vine | “wine.” This is a descriptive way to refer to wine. | |
| 1219 | MRK | 14 | 25 | y1pf | καινὸν | 1 | new | This could mean: (1) it would happen again. (2) it would happen in a new way. | |
| 1220 | MRK | 14 | 26 | l996 | ὑμνήσαντες | 1 | having sung a hymn | A **hymn** is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm. | |
| 1221 | MRK | 14 | 27 | pu4s | λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | Jesus says to them | “Jesus said to his disciples” | |
| 1222 | MRK | 14 | 27 | lty4 | figs-idiom | σκανδαλισθήσεσθε | 1 | will fall away | This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1223 | MRK | 14 | 27 | lze6 | πατάξω | 1 | I will strike | “I will kill.” Here, **I** refers to God. | |
| 1224 | MRK | 14 | 27 | w2az | figs-activepassive | τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται | 1 | the sheep will be scattered | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will scatter the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1225 | MRK | 14 | 28 | lv2u | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus. | ||
| 1226 | MRK | 14 | 28 | dm1q | figs-idiom | ἐγερθῆναί με | 1 | I am raised up | This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. Alternate translation: “I am made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1227 | MRK | 14 | 28 | qi4g | figs-activepassive | τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με | 1 | I am raised up | This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1228 | MRK | 14 | 29 | div5 | figs-ellipsis | εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ | 1 | Even if all will fall away, yet not I | In the phrase **yet not I**, the words “fall away” are implied Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will not leave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1229 | MRK | 14 | 29 | q9dq | figs-doublenegatives | εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ | 1 | Even if all will fall away, yet not I | The implied phrase “yet I will not fall away” is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1230 | MRK | 14 | 30 | z2q9 | ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι | 1 | Truly I say to you | This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md). | |
| 1231 | MRK | 14 | 30 | i4g3 | ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι | 1 | the rooster crows | The **rooster** is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.” | |
| 1232 | MRK | 14 | 30 | um1m | σὺ…με ἀπαρνήσῃ | 1 | you will deny me | “you will say that you do not know me” | |
| 1233 | MRK | 14 | 31 | y9el | ἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν | 1 | Even if it is necessary for me to die with | “Even if I must die with” | |
| 1234 | MRK | 14 | 31 | z9le | ὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον | 1 | they all also were speaking in the same manner | This means that all of the disciples said the same thing that Peter said. | |
| 1235 | MRK | 14 | 32 | ni66 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | When they go to Gethsemane on the Mount of Olives, Jesus encourages three of his disciples to stay awake while he prays. Twice he awakens them, and the third time he tells them to wake up because it is time for the betrayal. | ||
| 1236 | MRK | 14 | 32 | deg7 | ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον | 1 | they come to a place | The word **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. | |
| 1237 | MRK | 14 | 33 | ps7u | ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι | 1 | to be distressed | to be overwhelmed with sorrow | |
| 1238 | MRK | 14 | 33 | n279 | figs-metaphor | ἀδημονεῖν | 1 | deeply troubled | The word **deeply** refers to Jesus being greatly troubled in his soul. Alternate translation: “extremely troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1239 | MRK | 14 | 34 | eyw3 | figs-synecdoche | ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου | 1 | My soul is | Jesus speaks of himself as his **soul**. Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1240 | MRK | 14 | 34 | ic1g | figs-hyperbole | ἕως θανάτου | 1 | even to the point of death | Jesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 1241 | MRK | 14 | 34 | a54k | γρηγορεῖτε | 1 | stay alert | The disciples were to **stay alert** while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray. | |
| 1242 | MRK | 14 | 35 | nk8l | figs-explicit | εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν | 1 | if it is possible | This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: “if God would allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1243 | MRK | 14 | 35 | wc6d | figs-explicit | παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα | 1 | the hour might pass | Here, **the hour** refers to Jesus’ time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1244 | MRK | 14 | 36 | c11w | translate-transliterate | Ἀββά | 1 | Abba | a term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by “Father,” it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 1245 | MRK | 14 | 36 | t9r2 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατήρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1246 | MRK | 14 | 36 | jk6a | figs-metonymy | παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | Remove this cup from me | Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a **cup**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1247 | MRK | 14 | 36 | ha77 | figs-ellipsis | ἀλλ’ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ | 1 | But not what I will, but what you will | Jesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1248 | MRK | 14 | 37 | ja6d | εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας | 1 | finds them sleeping | The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. | |
| 1249 | MRK | 14 | 37 | kp33 | figs-rquestion | Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι? | 1 | Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour? | Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1250 | MRK | 14 | 38 | zrp4 | figs-metaphor | ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν | 1 | so that you may not enter into temptation | Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: “so that you may not be tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1251 | MRK | 14 | 38 | xk5y | τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής | 1 | The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak | Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: “You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do” or “You want to do what I say, but you are weak” | |
| 1252 | MRK | 14 | 38 | c1je | figs-metonymy | τὸ…πνεῦμα…ἡ…σὰρξ | 1 | The spirit … the flesh | These refer to two different aspects of Peter. Here, the **spirit** is his inmost desires and the **flesh** is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1253 | MRK | 14 | 39 | l9nj | τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών | 1 | having said the same thing | “having prayed again what he prayed before” | |
| 1254 | MRK | 14 | 40 | v49m | εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας | 1 | he found them sleeping | The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. | |
| 1255 | MRK | 14 | 40 | ht2p | figs-metaphor | ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι | 1 | for their eyes were weighed down | Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having **eyes** that are **weighed down**. Alternate translation: “for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1256 | MRK | 14 | 41 | x7qd | figs-explicit | ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον | 1 | he comes the third time | Jesus had gone and prayed again. Then he returned to them a **third time**. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “he went and prayed again. He returned the third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1257 | MRK | 14 | 41 | lw7w | figs-rquestion | καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε. | 1 | Are you still sleeping and resting? | Jesus rebukes his disciples for not staying awake and praying. You can translate this rhetorical question as a statement if needed. Alternate translation: “You are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1258 | MRK | 14 | 41 | ae53 | ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα | 1 | The hour has come | The time of Jesus’ suffering and betrayal is about to begin. | |
| 1259 | MRK | 14 | 41 | msb2 | ἰδοὺ | 1 | Behold | “Listen” | |
| 1260 | MRK | 14 | 41 | eg9m | figs-activepassive | παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | the Son of Man is being betrayed | Jesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1261 | MRK | 14 | 43 | r9cp | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1262 | MRK | 14 | 43 | nz4t | figs-nominaladj | τῶν δώδεκα | 0 | Connecting Statement: | See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 1263 | MRK | 14 | 44 | bzj2 | δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν | 1 | And his betrayer | This refers to Judas. | |
| 1264 | MRK | 14 | 44 | lsh3 | figs-explicit | αὐτός ἐστιν | 1 | he it is | This refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1265 | MRK | 14 | 45 | tpd4 | κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν | 1 | he kissed him | “Judas kissed him” | |
| 1266 | MRK | 14 | 46 | y5qv | figs-parallelism | ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν | 1 | laid hands on him and seized him | These two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: “grabbed Jesus and seized him” or “seized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 1267 | MRK | 14 | 47 | m6b9 | τῶν παρεστηκότων | 1 | of those standing by | “of the people who were standing nearby” | |
| 1268 | MRK | 14 | 48 | gv6e | ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | answering, Jesus said to them | “Jesus said to the crowd” | |
| 1269 | MRK | 14 | 48 | eq25 | figs-rquestion | ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? | 1 | Did you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to seize me? | Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1270 | MRK | 14 | 49 | s63a | ἀλλ’ ἵνα | 1 | But so that | “But this has happened so that” | |
| 1271 | MRK | 14 | 50 | gqz8 | ἔφυγον πάντες | 1 | they all ran away | This refers to the disciples. | |
| 1272 | MRK | 14 | 51 | y5yt | σινδόνα | 1 | a linen garment | a cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant | |
| 1273 | MRK | 14 | 51 | nag4 | κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν | 1 | they seize him | “the men seized that man” | |
| 1274 | MRK | 14 | 52 | eud7 | ὁ δὲ καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα | 1 | but he, having left behind the linen garment | As the man was trying to run away, the others would have grabbed at his clothing, trying to stop him. | |
| 1275 | MRK | 14 | 53 | qu33 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | After the crowd of the chief priests, scribes, and elders lead Jesus to the high priest, Peter watches nearby while some stand to give false testimony against Jesus. | ||
| 1276 | MRK | 14 | 53 | s7t1 | συνέρχονται πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς | 1 | all the chief priests, and the elders, and the scribes gather together | This can be reordered so that it is easier to understand. “all of the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes had gathered there together” | |
| 1277 | MRK | 14 | 54 | bzg7 | καὶ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author begins telling us about Peter. | |
| 1278 | MRK | 14 | 54 | l5gl | figs-explicit | ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως | 1 | as far as into the courtyard of the high priest | As Peter followed Jesus, he stopped at the high priest’s courtyard. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “and he all the way to the courtyard of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1279 | MRK | 14 | 54 | x2g5 | figs-explicit | ἦν συνκαθήμενος μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν | 1 | he was sitting with the guards | Peter sat with the guards who were working at the courtyard. Alternate translation: “he sat in the courtyard among the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1280 | MRK | 14 | 55 | w23n | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author continues telling us about Jesus being put on trial. | |
| 1281 | MRK | 14 | 55 | fu1l | figs-metonymy | εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν | 1 | to put him to death | They were not the ones who would execute Jesus; rather, they would order someone else to do it. Alternate translation: “so they might have someone execute Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1282 | MRK | 14 | 55 | d9gn | figs-explicit | οὐχ ηὕρισκον | 1 | they were not finding any | They did not find testimony against Jesus with which they could convict him and have him put to death. Alternate translation: “they did not find any testimony with which to convict him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1283 | MRK | 14 | 56 | jpc7 | ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν | 1 | their testimony was not the same | This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other” | |
| 1284 | MRK | 14 | 58 | f82e | figs-exclusive | ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος | 1 | We heard him saying | “We heard Jesus say.” The word **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 1285 | MRK | 14 | 58 | e94y | figs-synecdoche | τὸν χειροποίητον…ἀχειροποίητον | 1 | made with hands … made without hands | Here, **hands** refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1286 | MRK | 14 | 58 | k1vs | διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν | 1 | in three days | “within three days.” This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period. | |
| 1287 | MRK | 14 | 58 | hm5e | figs-ellipsis | ἄλλον…οἰκοδομήσω | 1 | I will build another | The word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “I will build another temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1288 | MRK | 14 | 59 | x6hk | οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ μαρτυρία αὐτῶν | 1 | not even in this manner was their testimony the same | “even then what they testified contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form. | |
| 1289 | MRK | 14 | 60 | d7i8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | When Jesus answers that he is the Christ, the high priest and all of the leaders there condemn him as one who deserves to die. | ||
| 1290 | MRK | 14 | 60 | q2u1 | figs-explicit | ἀναστὰς…εἰς μέσον | 1 | having stood up in their midst | Jesus stands up in the middle of the angry crowd to speak to them. Translate this to show who was present when Jesus stood in their midst. Alternate translation: “stood up among the chief priests, scribes, and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1291 | MRK | 14 | 60 | af5e | figs-explicit | οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? | 1 | Do you not answer at all? What are these testifying against you? | The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1292 | MRK | 14 | 61 | x6ey | figs-nominaladj | τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ | 1 | of the Blessed One | Here God is called **the Blessed One**. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
| 1293 | MRK | 14 | 61 | o27t | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ | 1 | the Son of the Blessed One | It is best to translate **Son** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a “son” of a human father. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed One” or “the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1294 | MRK | 14 | 62 | z5rv | ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | I am | This likely has a double meaning: (1) Jesus said this to respond to the high priest’s question. (2) Jesus also said this to call himself “I Am,” which is what God called himself in the Old Testament. | |
| 1295 | MRK | 14 | 62 | e1xd | figs-metonymy | ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως | 1 | sitting at the right hand of power | Here, **power** is a metonym that represents God. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1296 | MRK | 14 | 62 | d5qm | translate-symaction | ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως | 1 | sitting at the right hand of power | To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 1297 | MRK | 14 | 62 | z55c | figs-metaphor | ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | coming with the clouds of heaven | Here the **clouds** are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: “when he comes down through the clouds in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1298 | MRK | 14 | 63 | jz48 | διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ | 1 | having torn his garments | The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage” | |
| 1299 | MRK | 14 | 63 | afd3 | figs-rquestion | τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? | 1 | What need do we still have of witnesses? | This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1300 | MRK | 14 | 64 | zwf9 | figs-explicit | ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας | 1 | You heard the blasphemy | This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1301 | MRK | 14 | 64 | fu4g | οἱ…πάντες | 1 | they all | all the people in the room | |
| 1302 | MRK | 14 | 65 | y1s4 | ἤρξαντό τινες | 1 | certain ones began | some of the people in the room started | |
| 1303 | MRK | 14 | 65 | bj5e | figs-explicit | περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον | 1 | to cover his face | They covered his face with a cloth or blindfold, so he could not see. Alternate translation: “to cover his face with a blindfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1304 | MRK | 14 | 65 | gvq3 | figs-explicit | προφήτευσον | 1 | Prophesy | They mocked him, asking him to tell them who was hitting him. Alternate translation: “Prophesy who hit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1305 | MRK | 14 | 65 | y68i | οἱ ὑπηρέται | 1 | the officers | the men who guarded the governor’s house | |
| 1306 | MRK | 14 | 66 | fj8d | 0 | Connecting Statement: | As Jesus had predicted, Peter denies Jesus three times before the rooster crows. | ||
| 1307 | MRK | 14 | 66 | m8g8 | κάτω ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ | 1 | below in the courtyard | “outside in the courtyard” | |
| 1308 | MRK | 14 | 66 | t2mx | figs-explicit | μία τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως | 1 | one of the servant girls of the high priest | The **servant girls** worked for the **high priest**. Alternate translation: “one of the servant girls who worked for the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1309 | MRK | 14 | 68 | l5i1 | ἠρνήσατο | 1 | denied it | This means to claim that something is not true. In this case, Peter was saying that what the servant girl said about him was not true. | |
| 1310 | MRK | 14 | 68 | d3ch | figs-doublet | οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις | 1 | Neither have I known nor do I understand what you are saying | Both **have I known** and **I understand** have the same meaning here. The meaning is repeated to add emphasis to what Peter is saying. Alternate translation: “I really do not understand what you are talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 1311 | MRK | 14 | 69 | l137 | ἡ παιδίσκη | 1 | the servant girl | This is the same servant girl who identified Peter previously. | |
| 1312 | MRK | 14 | 69 | v5kr | figs-explicit | οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν | 1 | This one is from among them | The people were identifying Peter as one of Jesus’ disciples. This can be made more clear. Alternate translation: “This one is one of Jesus’ disciples” or “This is one of those who have been with that man they arrested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1313 | MRK | 14 | 71 | ce6r | figs-idiom | ἀναθεματίζειν | 1 | to curse | If in your language you have to name the person who curses someone, state God. Alternate translation: “to say for God to curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1314 | MRK | 14 | 72 | i7u2 | εὐθὺς…ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν | 1 | immediately a rooster crowed | A **rooster** is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.” | |
| 1315 | MRK | 14 | 72 | ja3e | translate-ordinal | ἐκ δευτέρου | 1 | a second time | Here, **second** is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 1316 | MRK | 14 | 72 | zr4p | figs-idiom | ἐπιβαλὼν | 1 | having broken down | This idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “he was overwhelmed with grief” or “he lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1317 | MRK | 15 | intro | d823 | 0 | # Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br><br>This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) | |||
| 1318 | MRK | 15 | 1 | mps2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him. | ||
| 1319 | MRK | 15 | 1 | xz7c | figs-metonymy | δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν | 1 | having bound Jesus, led him away | They commanded for Jesus to be **bound**, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and **led him away**. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1320 | MRK | 15 | 1 | v2yf | παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ | 1 | handed him over to Pilate | They had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him. | |
| 1321 | MRK | 15 | 2 | dh6n | figs-explicit | σὺ λέγεις | 1 | You say so | This could mean: (1) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (2) Jesus was implying that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1322 | MRK | 15 | 3 | ue18 | κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά | 1 | were accusing him of many things | “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things” | |
| 1323 | MRK | 15 | 4 | c9uc | ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν | 1 | But Pilate again was questioning him | “But Pilate asked Jesus again” | |
| 1324 | MRK | 15 | 4 | s2as | οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? | 1 | Do you not answer at all? | You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Do you have an answer?” | |
| 1325 | MRK | 15 | 4 | pm6k | ἴδε | 1 | See | “Look at” or “Listen to” or “Pay attention to” | |
| 1326 | MRK | 15 | 5 | way9 | ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν Πειλᾶτον | 1 | so that Pilate was amazed | It surprised **Pilate** that Jesus did not reply and defend himself. | |
| 1327 | MRK | 15 | 6 | ul5e | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Pilate, hoping the crowd will choose Jesus, offers to release a prisoner, but the crowd asks for Barabbas instead. | ||
| 1328 | MRK | 15 | 6 | ul19 | writing-background | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line as the author shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts and about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1329 | MRK | 15 | 7 | fa7t | ἦν δὲ ὁ λεγόμενος Βαραββᾶς, μετὰ τῶν στασιαστῶν δεδεμένος | 1 | And there was, bound with the rebels, one who was called Barabbas | “At that time there was a man called Barabbas, who was in prison with some other men” | |
| 1330 | MRK | 15 | 8 | a4xb | figs-explicit | αἰτεῖσθαι καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς | 1 | to request of him just as he usually did for them | This refers to Pilate releasing a prisoner at feasts. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “to ask him to release a prisoner to them as he had done in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1331 | MRK | 15 | 10 | i4ib | writing-background | ἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς | 1 | For he knew that the chief priests had handed him over because of envy | This is background information about why Jesus was **handed over** to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1332 | MRK | 15 | 10 | u647 | figs-explicit | διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς | 1 | the chief priests had handed him over because of envy | They **chief priests** envied Jesus, probably because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus. This is why they handed him over” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus’ popularity among the people. This is why they handed him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1333 | MRK | 15 | 11 | y5w3 | figs-metaphor | ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον | 1 | stirred up the crowd | The author speaks of the chief priests rousing or urging **the crowd** as if the crowd were a bowl of something that they were stirring. Alternate translation: “roused the crowd” or “urged the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1334 | MRK | 15 | 11 | pvu6 | figs-ellipsis | μᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς | 1 | he would release Barabbas to them instead | They requested Pilate to **release Barabbas** **instead** of Jesus. Alternate translation: “he would release Barabbas instead of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1335 | MRK | 15 | 12 | keq2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The crowd asks for Jesus’ death, so Pilate turns him over to the soldiers, who mock him, crown him with thorns, strike him, and lead him out to crucify him. | ||
| 1336 | MRK | 15 | 12 | vlm3 | figs-explicit | τί οὖν ποιήσω λέγετε τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων? | 1 | What therefore should I do to the one you call the King of the Jews? | Pilate asks what he should do with Jesus if he releases Barabbas to them. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “If I release Barabbas, what then should I do with the King of the Jews?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1337 | MRK | 15 | 14 | e55i | ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | But Pilate was saying to them | “But Pilate said to the crowd” | |
| 1338 | MRK | 15 | 15 | qt8y | τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι | 1 | to do what was pleasing to the crowd | “to make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do” | |
| 1339 | MRK | 15 | 15 | fwg6 | τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας | 1 | Jesus, having flogged him | Pilate did not actually scourge **Jesus**, but rather his soldiers did. | |
| 1340 | MRK | 15 | 15 | yzn5 | φραγελλώσας | 1 | having flogged him | “having whipped him.” To **flog** is to beat with an especially painful whip. | |
| 1341 | MRK | 15 | 15 | r9id | figs-activepassive | παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ | 1 | handed over Jesus, having flogged him, so that he might be crucified | Pilate told his soldiers to take **Jesus** away to crucify him. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1342 | MRK | 15 | 16 | eg6x | τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον | 1 | the palace (that is, the Praetorium) | This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the courtyard of the soldiers’ barracks” or “the courtyard of the governor’s residence” | |
| 1343 | MRK | 15 | 16 | b5gs | ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν | 1 | the whole cohort of soldiers | “the whole unit of soldiers” | |
| 1344 | MRK | 15 | 17 | tn33 | ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν | 1 | They put a purple robe on him | Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews. | |
| 1345 | MRK | 15 | 17 | xfk8 | ἀκάνθινον στέφανον | 1 | a crown of thorns | “a crown made of thorny branches” | |
| 1346 | MRK | 15 | 18 | ft1j | figs-irony | Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | Hail, King of the Jews | The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet the Roman emperor. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was the king of the Jews. Rather they said this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) |
| 1347 | MRK | 15 | 19 | gz3b | καλάμῳ | 1 | a reed | “a stick” or “a staff” | |
| 1348 | MRK | 15 | 19 | a8a9 | figs-metaphor | τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα | 1 | They knelt down | A person who kneels bends his knees, so those who kneel are sometimes said to “bend their knees.” Alternate translation: “kneeled” or “knelt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1349 | MRK | 15 | 21 | cj4l | ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ | 1 | they forced him to carry his cross | According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross. | |
| 1350 | MRK | 15 | 21 | s4j3 | ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ | 1 | from the country | “from outside the city” | |
| 1351 | MRK | 15 | 21 | cyn6 | writing-background | ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου | 1 | they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene (the father of Alexander and Rufus), coming from the country | This is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1352 | MRK | 15 | 21 | rtz2 | translate-names | Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου | 1 | Simon … Alexander … Rufus | These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1353 | MRK | 15 | 21 | py16 | translate-names | Κυρηναῖον | 1 | Cyrene | This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1354 | MRK | 15 | 22 | w6c7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, where they crucify him with two others. Many people mock him. | ||
| 1355 | MRK | 15 | 22 | e49p | translate-names | Κρανίου Τόπος | 1 | Place of a Skull | “Skull Place” or “Place of the Skull.” This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1356 | MRK | 15 | 22 | m1dd | Κρανίου | 1 | of a Skull | A **Skull** is the head bones, or a head without any flesh on it. | |
| 1357 | MRK | 15 | 23 | e9xd | figs-explicit | ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον | 1 | wine having been mixed with myrrh | It may be helpful to explain that **myrrh** is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1358 | MRK | 15 | 25 | q1ze | translate-ordinal | ὥρα τρίτη | 1 | the third hour | Here, **third** here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o’clock in the morning. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 1359 | MRK | 15 | 26 | b84a | τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη | 1 | of the charge having been written against him | “of the crime they were accusing him of doing” | |
| 1360 | MRK | 15 | 27 | mgf3 | figs-explicit | ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ | 1 | one on his right, and one on his left | This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1361 | MRK | 15 | 29 | v8nu | translate-symaction | κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν | 1 | shaking their heads | This is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 1362 | MRK | 15 | 29 | a7ft | figs-exclamations | οὐὰ | 1 | Aha! | This is a exclamation of mockery. Use the appropriate exclamation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 1363 | MRK | 15 | 29 | hy37 | figs-explicit | ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις | 1 | The one destroying the temple and rebuilding it in three days | The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1364 | MRK | 15 | 31 | n13x | ὁμοίως | 1 | In the same way | This refers to the way that the people who were walking by Jesus were mocking him. | |
| 1365 | MRK | 15 | 31 | d5se | ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους | 1 | mocking him to each other | “were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves” | |
| 1366 | MRK | 15 | 32 | t1vm | figs-irony | ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω | 1 | Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come down | The leaders did not believe that Jesus is **the Christ, the King of Israel**. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the Christ and the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he is really the Christ and the King of Israel, he should come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) |
| 1367 | MRK | 15 | 32 | r6c4 | figs-explicit | πιστεύσωμεν | 1 | might believe | The means to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1368 | MRK | 15 | 32 | dcb9 | ὠνείδιζον | 1 | were taunting | mocking, insulting | |
| 1369 | MRK | 15 | 33 | zc37 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | At noon darkness covers the whole land until three o’clock, when Jesus cries out with a loud voice and dies. When Jesus dies, the temple curtain rips from the top to the bottom. | ||
| 1370 | MRK | 15 | 33 | q1gh | ὥρας ἕκτης | 1 | the sixth hour | This refers to noon or 12 PM. | |
| 1371 | MRK | 15 | 33 | jl1i | figs-metaphor | σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν | 1 | darkness came over the whole land | Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the **darkness** were a wave that moved over the **land**. Alternate translation: “the whole land became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1372 | MRK | 15 | 34 | r6tj | τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ | 1 | at the ninth hour | This refers to three o’clock in the afternoon. Alternate translation: “at three o’clock in the afternoon” or “in the middle of the afternoon” | |
| 1373 | MRK | 15 | 34 | ls1n | translate-transliterate | Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει | 1 | Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani | These are Aramaic words that should be copied as is into your language with similar sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
| 1374 | MRK | 15 | 34 | qw71 | ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον | 1 | is translated | “means” | |
| 1375 | MRK | 15 | 35 | apg3 | figs-explicit | καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον | 1 | And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying | You can state this clearly that they misunderstood what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “When some of those standing there heard his words, they misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1376 | MRK | 15 | 36 | a8qx | ὄξους | 1 | with sour wine | “with vinegar” | |
| 1377 | MRK | 15 | 36 | un73 | καλάμῳ | 1 | a reed | “a stick.” This was a staff made from a reed. | |
| 1378 | MRK | 15 | 36 | yb55 | figs-explicit | ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν | 1 | was giving it to him to drink | “was giving it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1379 | MRK | 15 | 38 | ni8j | figs-activepassive | τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο | 1 | the curtain of the temple was torn in two | Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1380 | MRK | 15 | 39 | lg4u | ὁ κεντυρίων | 1 | the centurion | This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. | |
| 1381 | MRK | 15 | 39 | y4wn | ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ | 1 | who had stood in front of him | “who stood in front of Jesus” | |
| 1382 | MRK | 15 | 39 | t828 | ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν | 1 | that he had breathed his last in this way | “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died” | |
| 1383 | MRK | 15 | 39 | nqv8 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς Θεοῦ | 1 | the Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1384 | MRK | 15 | 40 | i1ee | ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι | 1 | looking on from a distance | “watching from far away” | |
| 1385 | MRK | 15 | 40 | zc9b | ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ | 1 | (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) | This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses” | |
| 1386 | MRK | 15 | 40 | p9xk | Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ | 1 | of James the younger | “of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James. | |
| 1387 | MRK | 15 | 40 | izn7 | translate-names | Ἰωσῆ | 1 | of Joses | This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1388 | MRK | 15 | 40 | tw5s | translate-names | Σαλώμη | 1 | Salome | **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1389 | MRK | 15 | 41 | j15z | writing-background | αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem | “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1390 | MRK | 15 | 41 | a3qk | συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | who had come up with him to Jerusalem | **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. | |
| 1391 | MRK | 15 | 42 | lxm5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb. | ||
| 1392 | MRK | 15 | 42 | ug97 | figs-metaphor | ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης | 1 | when evening had already come | Here, **evening** is spoken of as if it were something that is able to **come** from one place to another. Alternate translation: “when it had already become evening” or “when it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1393 | MRK | 15 | 43 | xn8t | writing-participants | ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον | 1 | Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate | The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 1394 | MRK | 15 | 43 | wgz8 | translate-names | Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας | 1 | Joseph who was from Arimathea | “Joseph from Arimathea.” **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Arimathea** is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1395 | MRK | 15 | 43 | u7ll | writing-background | εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God | This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1396 | MRK | 15 | 43 | zm1u | τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον | 1 | he boldly went in to Pilate | “he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was” | |
| 1397 | MRK | 15 | 43 | zvw4 | figs-explicit | ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | asked for the body of Jesus | You can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1398 | MRK | 15 | 44 | z3gl | figs-explicit | ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα | 1 | But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion | **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1399 | MRK | 15 | 45 | v5ys | ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ | 1 | he gave the body to Joseph | “he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body” | |
| 1400 | MRK | 15 | 46 | g4c9 | σινδόνα | 1 | a linen cloth | Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md). | |
| 1401 | MRK | 15 | 46 | eb9h | figs-metonymy | καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον | 1 | having taken him down … he rolled a stone | You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1402 | MRK | 15 | 46 | g9hf | figs-activepassive | μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας | 1 | a tomb that had been cut from a rock | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1403 | MRK | 15 | 46 | bw4k | λίθον ἐπὶ | 1 | a stone against | “a huge flat stone in front of” | |
| 1404 | MRK | 15 | 47 | m782 | translate-names | Ἰωσῆτος | 1 | of Joses | This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1405 | MRK | 15 | 47 | v3wu | figs-activepassive | ποῦ τέθειται | 1 | where he was laid | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1406 | MRK | 16 | intro | j5yz | 0 | # Mark 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### A young man dressed in a white robe<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) | |||
| 1407 | MRK | 16 | 1 | cw1b | 0 | Connecting Statement: | On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone. | ||
| 1408 | MRK | 16 | 1 | p61n | καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου | 1 | And the Sabbath having passed | That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. | |
| 1409 | MRK | 16 | 4 | kld9 | figs-activepassive | ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος | 1 | the stone had been rolled away | You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1410 | MRK | 16 | 6 | x9m8 | figs-activepassive | ἠγέρθη | 1 | He has been raised! | The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1411 | MRK | 9 | 10 | to7w | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον | 1 | Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |